Movatterモバイル変換


[0]ホーム

URL:


[RFC Home] [TEXT|PDF|HTML] [Tracker] [IPR] [Errata] [Info page]

Obsoleted by:6295 PROPOSED STANDARD
Errata Exist
Network Working Group                                         J. LazzaroRequest for Comments: 4695                                  J. WawrzynekCategory: Standards Track                                    UC Berkeley                                                           November 2006RTP Payload Format for MIDIStatus of This Memo   This document specifies an Internet standards track protocol for the   Internet community, and requests discussion and suggestions for   improvements.  Please refer to the current edition of the "Internet   Official Protocol Standards" (STD 1) for the standardization state   and status of this protocol.  Distribution of this memo is unlimited.Copyright Notice   Copyright (C) The IETF Trust (2006).Abstract   This memo describes a Real-time Transport Protocol (RTP) payload   format for the MIDI (Musical Instrument Digital Interface) command   language.  The format encodes all commands that may legally appear on   a MIDI 1.0 DIN cable.  The format is suitable for interactive   applications (such as network musical performance) and content-   delivery applications (such as file streaming).  The format may be   used over unicast and multicast UDP and TCP, and it defines tools for   graceful recovery from packet loss.  Stream behavior, including the   MIDI rendering method, may be customized during session setup.  The   format also serves as a mode for the mpeg4-generic format, to support   the MPEG 4 Audio Object Types for General MIDI, Downloadable Sounds   Level 2, and Structured Audio.Table of Contents1. Introduction ....................................................41.1. Terminology ................................................51.2. Bitfield Conventions .......................................62. Packet Format ...................................................62.1. RTP Header .................................................72.2. MIDI Payload ..............................................113. MIDI Command Section ...........................................123.1.  Timestamps ...............................................143.2.  Command Coding ...........................................16Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                     [Page 1]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 20064. The Recovery Journal System ....................................225. Recovery Journal Format ........................................246. Session Description Protocol ...................................286.1. Session Descriptions for Native Streams ...................296.2. Session Descriptions for mpeg4-generic Streams ............306.3. Parameters ................................................337. Extensibility ..................................................348. Congestion Control .............................................359. Security Considerations ........................................3510. Acknowledgements ..............................................3611. IANA Considerations ...........................................3711.1. rtp-midi Media Type Registration .........................3711.1.1. Repository Request for "audio/rtp-midi" ...........4011.2. mpeg4-generic Media Type Registration ....................41           11.2.1. Repository Request for Mode rtp-midi for                   mpeg4-generic .....................................4411.3. asc Media Type Registration ..............................46A. The Recovery Journal Channel Chapters ..........................48A.1. Recovery Journal Definitions ..............................48A.2. Chapter P: MIDI Program Change ............................52A.3. Chapter C: MIDI Control Change ............................53A.3.1. Log Inclusion Rules ................................54A.3.2. Controller Log Format ..............................55A.3.3. Log List Coding Rules ..............................57A.3.4. The Parameter System ...............................60A.4. Chapter M: MIDI Parameter System ..........................62A.4.1. Log Inclusion Rules ................................64A.4.2. Log Coding Rules ...................................65A.4.2.1. The Value Tool .............................67A.4.2.2. The Count Tool .............................70A.5. Chapter W: MIDI Pitch Wheel ...............................71A.6. Chapter N: MIDI NoteOff and NoteOn ........................71A.6.1. Header Structure ...................................73A.6.2. Note Structures ....................................74A.7. Chapter E: MIDI Note Command Extras .......................75A.7.1. Note Log Format ....................................76A.7.2. Log Inclusion Rules ................................76A.8. Chapter T: MIDI Channel Aftertouch ........................77A.9. Chapter A: MIDI Poly Aftertouch ...........................78B. The Recovery Journal System Chapters ...........................79B.1. System Chapter D: Simple System Commands ..................79B.1.1. Undefined System Commands ..........................80B.2. System Chapter V: Active Sense Command ....................83B.3. System Chapter Q: Sequencer State Commands ................83B.3.1. Non-compliant Sequencers ...........................85B.4. System Chapter F: MIDI Time Code Tape Position ............86B.4.1. Partial Frames .....................................88Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                     [Page 2]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006B.5. System Chapter X: System Exclusive ........................89B.5.1. Chapter Format .....................................90B.5.2. Log Inclusion Semantics ............................92B.5.3. TCOUNT and COUNT Fields ............................95C. Session Configuration Tools ....................................95C.1. Configuration Tools: Stream Subsetting ....................97C.2. Configuration Tools: The Journalling System ..............101C.2.1. The j_sec Parameter ...............................102C.2.2. The j_update Parameter ............................103C.2.2.1. The anchor Sending Policy .................104C.2.2.2. The closed-loop Sending Policy ............104C.2.2.3. The open-loop Sending Policy ..............108C.2.3. Recovery Journal Chapter Inclusion Parameters .....110C.3. Configuration Tools: Timestamp Semantics .................115C.3.1. The comex Algorithm ...............................115C.3.2. The async Algorithm ...............................116C.3.3. The buffer Algorithm ..............................117C.4. Configuration Tools: Packet Timing Tools .................118C.4.1. Packet Duration Tools .............................119C.4.2. The guardtime Parameter ...........................120C.5. Configuration Tools: Stream Description ..................121C.6. Configuration Tools: MIDI Rendering ......................128C.6.1. The multimode Parameter ...........................129C.6.2. Renderer Specification ............................129C.6.3. Renderer Initialization ...........................131C.6.4. MIDI Channel Mapping ..............................133C.6.4.1. The smf_info Parameter ....................134                 C.6.4.2. The smf_inline, smf_url, and smf_cid                          Parameters ................................136C.6.4.3. The chanmask Parameter ....................136C.6.5. The audio/asc Media Type ..........................137C.7. Interoperability .........................................139C.7.1. MIDI Content Streaming Applications ...............139C.7.2. MIDI Network Musical Performance Applications .....142D. Parameter Syntax Definitions ..................................150E. A MIDI Overview for Networking Specialists ....................156E.1. Commands Types ...........................................159E.2. Running Status ...........................................159E.3. Command Timing ...........................................160E.4. AudioSpecificConfig Templates for MMA Renderers ..........160   References .......................................................165   Normative References .............................................165   Informative References ...........................................166Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                     [Page 3]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 20061.  Introduction   The Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) has developed a set of   focused tools for multimedia networking ([RFC3550] [RFC4566]   [RFC3261] [RFC2326]).  These tools can be combined in different ways   to support a variety of real-time applications over Internet Protocol   (IP) networks.   For example, a telephony application might use the Session Initiation   Protocol (SIP, [RFC3261]) to set up a phone call.  Call setup would   include negotiations to agree on a common audio codec [RFC3264].   Negotiations would use the Session Description Protocol (SDP,   [RFC4566]) to describe candidate codecs.   After a call is set up, audio data would flow between the parties   using the Real Time Protocol (RTP, [RFC3550]) under any applicable   profile (for example, the Audio/Visual Profile (AVP, [RFC3551])).   The tools used in this telephony example (SIP, SDP, RTP) might be   combined in a different way to support a content streaming   application, perhaps in conjunction with other tools, such as the   Real Time Streaming Protocol (RTSP, [RFC2326]).   The MIDI (Musical Instrument Digital Interface) command language   [MIDI] is widely used in musical applications that are analogous to   the examples described above.  On stage and in the recording studio,   MIDI is used for the interactive remote control of musical   instruments, an application similar in spirit to telephony.  On web   pages, Standard MIDI Files (SMFs, [MIDI]) rendered using the General   MIDI standard [MIDI] provide a low-bandwidth substitute for audio   streaming.   This memo is motivated by a simple premise: if MIDI performances   could be sent as RTP streams that are managed by IETF session tools,   a hybridization of the MIDI and IETF application domains may occur.   For example, interoperable MIDI networking may foster network music   performance applications, in which a group of musicians, located at   different physical locations, interact over a network to perform as   they would if they were located in the same room [NMP].  As a second   example, the streaming community may begin to use MIDI for low-   bitrate audio coding, perhaps in conjunction with normative sound   synthesis methods [MPEGSA].   To enable MIDI applications to use RTP, this memo defines an RTP   payload format and its media type.  Sections2-5 and Appendices A-B   define the RTP payload format.Section 6 and Appendices C-D define   the media types identifying the payload format, the parameters needed   for configuration, and how the parameters are utilized in SDP.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                     [Page 4]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006Appendix C also includes interoperability guidelines for the example   applications described above: network musical performance using SIP   (Appendix C.7.2) and content-streaming using RTSP (Appendix C.7.1).   Another potential application area for RTP MIDI is MIDI networking   for professional audio equipment and electronic musical instruments.   We do not offer interoperability guidelines for this application in   this memo.  However, RTP MIDI has been designed with stage and studio   applications in mind, and we expect that efforts to define a stage   and studio framework will rely on RTP MIDI for MIDI transport   services.   Some applications may require MIDI media delivery at a certain   service quality level (latency, jitter, packet loss, etc).  RTP   itself does not provide service guarantees.  However, applications   may use lower-layer network protocols to configure the quality of the   transport services that RTP uses.  These protocols may act to reserve   network resources for RTP flows [RFC2205] or may simply direct RTP   traffic onto a dedicated "media network" in a local installation.   Note that RTP and the MIDI payload format do provide tools that   applications may use to achieve the best possible real-time   performance at a given service level.   This memo normatively defines the syntax and semantics of the MIDI   payload format.  However, this memo does not define algorithms for   sending and receiving packets.  An ancillary document [RFC4696]   provides informative guidance on algorithms.  Supplemental   information may be found in related conference publications [NMP]   [GRAME].   Throughout this memo, the phrase "native stream" refers to a stream   that uses the rtp-midi media type.  The phrase "mpeg4-generic stream"   refers to a stream that uses the mpeg4-generic media type (in mode   rtp-midi) to operate in an MPEG 4 environment [RFC3640].Section 6   describes this distinction in detail.1.1.  Terminology   In this document, the key words "MUST", "MUST NOT", "REQUIRED",   "SHALL", "SHALL NOT", "SHOULD", "SHOULD NOT", "RECOMMENDED", "MAY",   and "OPTIONAL" are to be interpreted as described inBCP 14,RFC 2119   [RFC2119].Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                     [Page 5]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 20061.2.  Bitfield Conventions   In this document, the packet bitfields that share a common name often   have identical semantics.  As most of these bitfields appear in   Appendices A-B, we define the common bitfield names inAppendix A.1.   However, a few of these common names also appear in the main text of   this document.  For convenience, we list these definitions below:     o R flag bit.  R flag bits are reserved for future use.  Senders       MUST set R bits to 0.  Receivers MUST ignore R bit values.     o LENGTH field.  All fields named LENGTH (as distinct from LEN)       code the number of octets in the structure that contains it,       including the header it resides in and all hierarchical levels       below it.  If a structure contains a LENGTH field, a receiver       MUST use the LENGTH field value to advance past the structure       during parsing, rather than use knowledge about the internal       format of the structure.2.  Packet Format   In this section, we introduce the format of RTP MIDI packets.  The   description includes some background information on RTP, for the   benefit of MIDI implementors new to IETF tools.  Implementors should   consult [RFC3550] for an authoritative description of RTP.   This memo assumes that the reader is familiar with MIDI syntax and   semantics.Appendix E provides a MIDI overview, at a level of detail   sufficient to understand most of this memo.  Implementors should   consult [MIDI] for an authoritative description of MIDI.   The MIDI payload format maps a MIDI command stream (16 voice channels   + systems) onto an RTP stream.  An RTP media stream is a sequence of   logical packets that share a common format.  Each packet consists of   two parts: the RTP header and the MIDI payload.  Figure 1 shows this   format (vertical space delineates the header and payload).   We describe RTP packets as "logical" packets to highlight the fact   that RTP itself is not a network-layer protocol.  Instead, RTP   packets are mapped onto network protocols (such as unicast UDP,   multicast UDP, or TCP) by an application [ALF].  The interleaved mode   of the Real Time Streaming Protocol (RTSP, [RFC2326]) is an example   of an RTP mapping to TCP transport, as is [RFC4571].Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                     [Page 6]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 20062.1.  RTP Header   [RFC3550] provides a complete description of the RTP header fields.   In this section, we clarify the role of a few RTP header fields for   MIDI applications.  All fields are coded in network byte order (big-   endian).       0                   1                   2                   3       0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      | V |P|X|  CC   |M|     PT      |        Sequence number        |      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |                           Timestamp                           |      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |                             SSRC                              |      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |                     MIDI command section ...                  |      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |                       Journal section ...                     |      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                         Figure 1 -- Packet format   The behavior of the 1-bit M field depends on the media type of the   stream.  For native streams, the M bit MUST be set to 1 if the MIDI   command section has a non-zero LEN field, and MUST be set to 0   otherwise.  For mpeg4-generic streams, the M bit MUST be set to 1 for   all packets (to conform to [RFC3640]).   In an RTP MIDI stream, the 16-bit sequence number field is   initialized to a randomly chosen value and is incremented by one   (modulo 2^16) for each packet sent in the stream.  A related   quantity, the 32-bit extended packet sequence number, may be computed   by tracking rollovers of the 16-bit sequence number.  Note that   different receivers of the same stream may compute different extended   packet sequence numbers, depending on when the receiver joined the   session.   The 32-bit timestamp field sets the base timestamp value for the   packet.  The payload codes MIDI command timing relative to this   value.  The timestamp units are set by the clock rate parameter.  For   example, if the clock rate has a value of 44100 Hz, two packets whose   base timestamp values differ by 2 seconds have RTP timestamp fields   that differ by 88200.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                     [Page 7]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   Note that the clock rate parameter is not encoded within each RTP   MIDI packet.  A receiver of an RTP MIDI stream becomes aware of the   clock rate as part of the session setup process.  For example, if a   session management tool uses the Session Description Protocol (SDP,   [RFC4566]) to describe a media session, the clock rate parameter is   set using the rtpmap attribute.  We show examples of session setup inSection 6.   For RTP MIDI streams destined to be rendered into audio, the clock   rate SHOULD be an audio sample rate of 32 KHz or higher.  This   recommendation is due to the sensitivity of human musical perception   to small timing errors in musical note sequences, and due to the   timbral changes that occur when two near-simultaneous MIDI NoteOns   are rendered with a different timing than that desired by the content   author due to clock rate quantization.  RTP MIDI streams that are not   destined for audio rendering (such as MIDI streams that control stage   lighting) MAY use a lower clock rate but SHOULD use a clock rate high   enough to avoid timing artifacts in the application.   For RTP MIDI streams destined to be rendered into audio, the clock   rate SHOULD be chosen from rates in common use in professional audio   applications or in consumer audio distribution.  At the time of this   writing, these rates include 32 KHz, 44.1 KHz, 48 KHz, 64 KHz, 88.2   KHz, 96 KHz, 176.4 KHz, and 192 KHz.  If the RTP MIDI session is a   part of a synchronized media session that includes another (non-MIDI)   RTP audio stream with a clock rate of 32 KHz or higher, the RTP MIDI   stream SHOULD use a clock rate that matches the clock rate of the   other audio stream.  However, if the RTP MIDI stream is destined to   be rendered into audio, the RTP MIDI stream SHOULD NOT use a clock   rate lower than 32 KHz, even if this second stream has a clock rate   less than 32 KHz.   Timestamps of consecutive packets do not necessarily increment at a   fixed rate, because RTP MIDI packets are not necessarily sent at a   fixed rate.  The degree of packet transmission regularity reflects   the underlying application dynamics.  Interactive applications may   vary the packet sending rate to track the gestural rate of a human   performer, whereas content-streaming applications may send packets at   a fixed rate.   Therefore, the timestamps for two sequential RTP packets may be   identical, or the second packet may have a timestamp arbitrarily   larger than the first packet (modulo 2^32).Section 3 places   additional restrictions on the RTP timestamps for two sequential RTP   packets, as does the guardtime parameter (Appendix C.4.2).   We use the term "media time" to denote the temporal duration of the   media coded by an RTP packet.  The media time coded by a packet isLazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                     [Page 8]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   computed by subtracting the last command timestamp in the MIDI   command section from the RTP timestamp (modulo 2^32).  If the MIDI   list of the MIDI command section of a packet is empty, the media time   coded by the packet is 0 ms.Appendix C.4.1 discusses media time   issues in detail.   We now define RTP session semantics, in the context of sessions   specified using the session description protocol [RFC4566].  A   session description media line ("m=") specifies an RTP session.  An   RTP session has an independent space of 2^32 synchronization sources.   Synchronization source identifiers are coded in the SSRC header field   of RTP session packets.  The payload types that may appear in the PT   header field of RTP session packets are listed at the end of the   media line.   Several RTP MIDI streams may appear in an RTP session.  Each stream   is distinguished by a unique SSRC value and has a unique sequence   number and RTP timestamp space.  Multiple streams in the RTP session   may be sent by a single party.  Multiple parties may send streams in   the RTP session.  An RTP MIDI stream encodes data for a single MIDI   command name space (16 voice channels + Systems).   Streams in an RTP session may use different payload types, or they   may use the same payload type.  However, each party may send, at   most, one RTP MIDI stream for each payload type mapped to an RTP MIDI   payload format in an RTP session.  Recall that dynamic binding of   payload type numbers in [RFC4566] lets a party map many payload type   numbers to the RTP MIDI payload format; thus a party may send many   RTP MIDI streams in a single RTP session.  Pairs of streams (unicast   or multicast) that communicate between two parties in an RTP session   and that share a payload type have the same association as a MIDI   cable pair that cross-connects two devices in a MIDI 1.0 DIN network.   The RTP session architecture described above is efficient in its use   of network ports, as one RTP session (using a port pair per party)   supports the transport of many MIDI name spaces (16 MIDI channels +   systems).  We define tools for grouping and labelling MIDI name   spaces across streams and sessions inAppendix C.5 of this memo.   The RTP header timestamps for each stream in an RTP session have   separately and randomly chosen initialization values.  Receivers use   the timing fields encoded in the RTP control protocol (RTCP,   [RFC3550]) sender reports to synchronize the streams sent by a party.   The SSRC values for each stream in an RTP session are also separately   and randomly chosen, as described in [RFC3550].  Receivers use the   CNAME field encoded in RTCP sender reports to verify that streams   were sent by the same party, and to detect SSRC collisions, as   described in [RFC3550].Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                     [Page 9]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   In some applications, a receiver renders MIDI commands into audio (or   into control actions, such as the rewind of a tape deck or the   dimming of stage lights).  In other applications, a receiver presents   a MIDI stream to software programs via an Application Programmer   Interface (API).Appendix C.6 defines session configuration tools to   specify what receivers should do with a MIDI command stream.   If a multimedia session uses different RTP MIDI streams to send   different classes of media, the streams MUST be sent over different   RTP sessions.  For example, if a multimedia session uses one MIDI   stream for audio and a second MIDI stream to control a lighting   system, the audio and lighting streams MUST be sent over different   RTP sessions, each with its own media line.   Session description tools defined inAppendix C.5 let a sending party   split a single MIDI name space (16 voice channels + systems) over   several RTP MIDI streams.  Split transport of a MIDI command stream   is a delicate task, because correct command stream reconstruction by   a receiver depends on exact timing synchronization across the   streams.   To support split name spaces, we define the following requirements:     o  A party MUST NOT send several RTP MIDI streams that share a MIDI        name space in the same RTP session.  Instead, each stream MUST        be sent from a different RTP session.     o  If several RTP MIDI streams sent by a party share a MIDI name        space, all streams MUST use the same SSRC value and MUST use the        same randomly chosen RTP timestamp initialization value.   These rules let a receiver identify streams that share a MIDI name   space (by matching SSRC values) and also let a receiver accurately   reconstruct the source MIDI command stream (by using RTP timestamps   to interleave commands from the two streams).  Care MUST be taken by   senders to ensure that SSRC changes due to collisions are reflected   in both streams.  Receivers MUST regularly examine the RTCP CNAME   fields associated with the linked streams, to ensure that the assumed   link is legitimate and not the result of an SSRC collision by another   sender.   Except for the special cases described above, a party may send many   RTP MIDI streams in the same session.  However, it is sometimes   advantageous for two RTP MIDI streams to be sent over different RTP   sessions.  For example, two streams may need different values for RTP   session-level attributes (such as the sendonly and recvonly   attributes).  As a second example, two RTP sessions may be needed to   send two unicast streams in a multimedia session that originate onLazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 10]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   different computers (with different IP numbers).  Two RTP sessions   are needed in this case because transport addresses are specified on   the RTP-session or multimedia-session level, not on a payload type   level.   On a final note, in some uses of MIDI, parties send bidirectional   traffic to conduct transactions (such as file exchange).  These   commands were designed to work over MIDI 1.0 DIN cable networks may   be configured in a multicast topology, which use pure "party-line"   signalling.  Thus, if a multimedia session ensures a multicast   connection between all parties, bidirectional MIDI commands will work   without additional support from the RTP MIDI payload format.2.2. MIDI Payload   The payload (Figure 1) MUST begin with the MIDI command section.  The   MIDI command section codes a (possibly empty) list of timestamped   MIDI commands, and provides the essential service of the payload   format.   The payload MAY also contain a journal section.  The journal section   provides resiliency by coding the recent history of the stream.  A   flag in the MIDI command section codes the presence of a journal   section in the payload.Section 3 defines the MIDI command section.  Sections4-5 and   Appendices A-B define the recovery journal, the default format for   the journal section.  Here, we describe how these payload sections   operate in a stream in an RTP session.   The journalling method for a stream is set at the start of a session   and MUST NOT be changed thereafter.  A stream may be set to use the   recovery journal, to use an alternative journal format (none are   defined in this memo), or not to use a journal.   The default journalling method of a stream is inferred from its   transport type.  Streams that use unreliable transport (such as UDP)   default to using the recovery journal.  Streams that use reliable   transport (such as TCP) default to not using a journal.AppendixC.2.1 defines session configuration tools for overriding these   defaults.  For all types of transport, a sender MUST transmit an RTP   packet stream with consecutive sequence numbers (modulo 2^16).   If a stream uses the recovery journal, every payload in the stream   MUST include a journal section.  If a stream does not use   journalling, a journal section MUST NOT appear in a stream payload.   If a stream uses an alternative journal format, the specification for   the journal format defines an inclusion policy.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 11]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   If a stream is sent over UDP transport, the Maximum Transmission Unit   (MTU) of the underlying network limits the practical size of the   payload section (for example, an Ethernet MTU is 1500 octets), for   applications where predictable and minimal packet transmission   latency is critical.  A sender SHOULD NOT create RTP MIDI UDP packets   whose size exceeds the MTU of the underlying network.  Instead, the   sender SHOULD take steps to keep the maximum packet size under the   MTU limit.   These steps may take many forms.  The default closed-loop recovery   journal sending policy (defined inAppendix C.2.2.2) uses RTP control   protocol (RTCP, [RFC3550]) feedback to manage the RTP MIDI packet   size.  In addition,Section 3.2 andAppendix B.5.2 provide specific   tools for managing the size of packets that code MIDI System   Exclusive (0xF0) commands.Appendix C.5 defines session   configuration tools that may be used to split a dense MIDI name space   into several UDP streams (each sent in a different RTP session, perSection 2.1) so that the payload fits comfortably into an MTU.   Another option is to use TCP.Section 4.3 of [RFC4696] provides   non-normative advice for packet size management.3.  MIDI Command Section   Figure 2 shows the format of the MIDI command section.       0                   1                   2                   3       0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |B|J|Z|P|LEN... |  MIDI list ...                                |      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                      Figure 2 -- MIDI command section   The MIDI command section begins with a variable-length header.   The header field LEN codes the number of octets in the MIDI list that   follow the header.  If the header flag B is 0, the header is one   octet long, and LEN is a 4-bit field, supporting a maximum MIDI list   length of 15 octets.   If B is 1, the header is two octets long, and LEN is a 12-bit field,   supporting a maximum MIDI list length of 4095 octets.  LEN is coded   in network byte order (big-endian): the 4 bits of LEN that appear in   the first header octet code the most significant 4 bits of the 12-bit   LEN value.   A LEN value of 0 is legal, and it codes an empty MIDI list.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 12]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   If the J header bit is set to 1, a journal section MUST appear after   the MIDI command section in the payload.  If the J header bit is set   to 0, the payload MUST NOT contain a journal section.   We define the semantics of the P header bit inSection 3.2.   If the LEN header field is nonzero, the MIDI list has the structure   shown in Figure 3.      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |  Delta Time 0     (1-4 octets long, or 0 octets if Z = 1)     |      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |  MIDI Command 0   (1 or more octets long)                     |      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |  Delta Time 1     (1-4 octets long)                           |      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |  MIDI Command 1   (1 or more octets long)                     |      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |                              ...                              |      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |  Delta Time N     (1-4 octets long)                           |      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |  MIDI Command N   (0 or more octets long)                     |      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                       Figure 3 -- MIDI list structure   If the header flag Z is 1, the MIDI list begins with a complete MIDI   command (coded in the MIDI Command 0 field, in Figure 3) preceded by   a delta time (coded in the Delta Time 0 field).  If Z is 0, the Delta   Time 0 field is not present in the MIDI list, and the command coded   in the MIDI Command 0 field has an implicit delta time of 0.   The MIDI list structure may also optionally encode a list of N   additional complete MIDI commands, each coded in a MIDI Command K   field.  Each additional command MUST be preceded by a Delta Time K   field, which codes the command's delta time.  We discuss exceptions   to the "command fields code complete MIDI commands" rule inSection3.2.   The final MIDI command field (i.e., the MIDI Command N field, shown   in Figure 3) in the MIDI list MAY be empty.  Moreover, a MIDI list   MAY consist a single delta time (encoded in the Delta Time 0 field)   without an associated command (which would have been encoded in the   MIDI Command 0 field).  These rules enable MIDI coding features that   are explained inSection 3.1.  We delay the explanations because an   understanding of RTP MIDI timestamps is necessary to describe the   features.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 13]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 20063.1.  Timestamps   In this section, we describe how RTP MIDI encodes a timestamp for   each MIDI list command.  Command timestamps have the same units as   RTP packet header timestamps (described inSection 2.1 and   [RFC3550]).  Recall that RTP timestamps have units of seconds, whose   scaling is set during session configuration (seeSection 6.1 and   [RFC4566]).   As shown in Figure 3, the MIDI list encodes time using a compact   delta-time format.  The RTP MIDI delta time syntax is a modified form   of the MIDI File delta time syntax [MIDI].  RTP MIDI delta times use   1-4 octet fields to encode 32-bit unsigned integers.  Figure 4 shows   the encoded and decoded forms of delta times.  Note that delta time   values may be legally encoded in multiple formats; for example, there   are four legal ways to encode the zero delta time (0x00, 0x8000,   0x808000, 0x80808000).   RTP MIDI uses delta times to encode a timestamp for each MIDI   command.  The timestamp for MIDI Command K is the summation (modulo   2^32) of the RTP timestamp and decoded delta times 0 through K.  This   cumulative coding technique, borrowed from MIDI File delta time   coding, is efficient because it reduces the number of multi-octet   delta times.   All command timestamps in a packet MUST be less than or equal to the   RTP timestamp of the next packet in the stream (modulo 2^32).   This restriction ensures that a particular RTP MIDI packet in a   stream is uniquely responsible for encoding time starting at the   moment after the RTP timestamp encoded in the RTP packet header, and   ending at the moment before the final command timestamp encoded in   the MIDI list.  The "moment before" and "moment after" qualifiers   acknowledge the "less than or equal" semantics (as opposed to   "strictly less than") in the sentence above this paragraph.   Note that it is possible to "pad" the end of an RTP MIDI packet with   time that is guaranteed to be void of MIDI commands, by setting the   "Delta Time N" field of the MIDI list to the end of the void time,   and by omitting its corresponding "MIDI Command N" field (a syntactic   construction the preamble ofSection 3 expressly made legal).   In addition, it is possible to code an RTP MIDI packet to express   that a period of time in the stream is void of MIDI commands.  The   RTP timestamp in the header would code the start of the void time.   The MIDI list of this packet would consist of a "Delta Time 0" fieldLazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 14]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   that coded the end of the void time.  No other fields would be   present in the MIDI list (a syntactic construction the preamble ofSection 3 also expressly made legal).   By default, a command timestamp indicates the execution time for the   command.  The difference between two timestamps indicates the time   delay between the execution of the commands.  This difference may be   zero, coding simultaneous execution.  In this memo, we refer to this   interpretation of timestamps as "comex" (COMmand EXecution)   semantics.  We formally define comex semantics inAppendix C.3.   The comex interpretation of timestamps works well for transcoding a   Standard MIDI File (SMF) into an RTP MIDI stream, as SMFs code a   timestamp for each MIDI command stored in the file.  To transcode an   SMF that uses metric time markers, use the SMF tempo map (encoded in   the SMF as meta-events) to convert metric SMF timestamp units into   seconds-based RTP timestamp units.   The comex interpretation also works well for MIDI hardware   controllers that are coding raw sensor data directly onto an RTP MIDI   stream.  Note that this controller design is preferable to a design   that converts raw sensor data into a MIDI 1.0 cable command stream   and then transcodes the stream onto an RTP MIDI stream.   The comex interpretation of timestamps is usually not the best   timestamp interpretation for transcoding a MIDI source that uses   implicit command timing (such as MIDI 1.0 DIN cables) into an RTP   MIDI stream.Appendix C.3 defines alternatives to comex semantics   and describes session configuration tools for selecting the timestamp   interpretation semantics for a stream.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 15]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006        One-Octet Delta Time:           Encoded form: 0ddddddd           Decoded form: 00000000 00000000 00000000 0ddddddd        Two-Octet Delta Time:           Encoded form: 1ccccccc 0ddddddd           Decoded form: 00000000 00000000 00cccccc cddddddd        Three-Octet Delta Time:           Encoded form: 1bbbbbbb 1ccccccc 0ddddddd           Decoded form: 00000000 000bbbbb bbcccccc cddddddd        Four-Octet Delta Time:           Encoded form: 1aaaaaaa 1bbbbbbb 1ccccccc 0ddddddd           Decoded form: 0000aaaa aaabbbbb bbcccccc cddddddd                  Figure 4 -- Decoding delta time formats3.2.  Command Coding   Each non-empty MIDI Command field in the MIDI list codes one of the   MIDI command types that may legally appear on a MIDI 1.0 DIN cable.   Standard MIDI File meta-events do not fit this definition and MUST   NOT appear in the MIDI list.  As a rule, each MIDI Command field   codes a complete command, in the binary command format defined in   [MIDI].  In the remainder of this section, we describe exceptions to   this rule.   The first MIDI channel command in the MIDI list MUST include a status   octet.  Running status coding, as defined in [MIDI], MAY be used for   all subsequent MIDI channel commands in the list.  As in [MIDI],   System Common and System Exclusive messages (0xF0 ... 0xF7) cancel   the running status state, but System Real-time messages (0xF8 ...   0xFF) do not affect the running status state.  All System commands in   the MIDI list MUST include a status octet.   As we note above, the first channel command in the MIDI list MUST   include a status octet.  However, the corresponding command in the   original MIDI source data stream might not have a status octet (in   this case, the source would be coding the command using running   status).  If the status octet of the first channel command in the   MIDI list does not appear in the source data stream, the P (phantom)   header bit MUST be set to 1.  In all other cases, the P bit MUST be   set to 0.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 16]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   Note that the P bit describes the MIDI source data stream, not the   MIDI list encoding; regardless of the state of the P bit, the MIDI   list MUST include the status octet.   As receivers MUST be able to decode running status, sender   implementors should feel free to use running status to improve   bandwidth efficiency.  However, senders SHOULD NOT introduce timing   jitter into an existing MIDI command stream through an inappropriate   use or removal of running status coding.  This warning primarily   applies to senders whose RTP MIDI streams may be transcoded onto a   MIDI 1.0 DIN cable [MIDI] by the receiver: both the timestamps and   the command coding (running status or not) must comply with the   physical restrictions of implicit time coding over a slow serial   line.   On a MIDI 1.0 DIN cable [MIDI], a System Real-time command may be   embedded inside of another "host" MIDI command.  This syntactic   construction is not supported in the payload format: a MIDI Command   field in the MIDI list codes exactly one MIDI command (partially or   completely).   To encode an embedded System Real-time command, senders MUST extract   the command from its host and code it in the MIDI list as a separate   command.  The host command and System Real-time command SHOULD appear   in the same MIDI list.  The delta time of the System Real-time   command SHOULD result in a command timestamp that encodes the System   Real-time command placement in its original embedded position.   Two methods are provided for encoding MIDI System Exclusive (SysEx)   commands in the MIDI list.  A SysEx command may be encoded in a MIDI   Command field verbatim: a 0xF0 octet, followed by an arbitrary number   of data octets, followed by a 0xF7 octet.   Alternatively, a SysEx command may be encoded as multiple segments.   The command is divided into two or more SysEx command segments; each   segment is encoded in its own MIDI Command field in the MIDI list.   The payload format supports segmentation in order to encode SysEx   commands that encode information in the temporal pattern of data   octets.  By encoding these commands as a series of segments, each   data octet may be associated with a distinct delta time.   Segmentation also supports the coding of large SysEx commands across   several packets.   To segment a SysEx command, first partition its data octet list into   two or more sublists.  The last sublist MAY be empty (i.e., contain   no octets); all other sublists MUST contain at least one data octet.   To complete the segmentation, add the status octets defined in FigureLazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 17]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   5 to the head and tail of the first, last, and any "middle" sublists.   Figure 6 shows example segmentations of a SysEx command.   A sender MAY cancel a segmented SysEx command transmission that is in   progress, by sending the "cancel" sublist shown in Figure 5.  A   "cancel" sublist MAY follow a "first" or "middle" sublist in the   transmission, but MUST NOT follow a "last" sublist.  The cancel MUST   be empty (thus, 0xF7 0xF4 is the only legal cancel sublist).   The cancellation feature is needed becauseAppendix C.1 defines   configuration tools that let session parties exclude certain SysEx   commands in the stream.  Senders that transcode a MIDI source onto an   RTP MIDI stream under these constraints have the responsibility of   excluding undesired commands from the RTP MIDI stream.   The cancellation feature lets a sender start the transmission of a   command before the MIDI source has sent the entire command.  If a   sender determines that the command whose transmission is in progress   should not appear on the RTP stream, it cancels the command.  Without   a method for cancelling a SysEx command transmission, senders would   be forced to use a high-latency store-and-forward approach to   transcoding SysEx commands onto RTP MIDI packets, in order to   validate each SysEx command before transmission.   The recommended receiver reaction to a cancellation depends on the   capabilities of the receiver.  For example, a sound synthesizer that   is directly parsing RTP MIDI packets and rendering them to audio will   be aware of the fact that SysEx commands may be cancelled in RTP   MIDI.  These receivers SHOULD detect a SysEx cancellation in the MIDI   list and act as if they had never received the SysEx command.   As a second example, a synthesizer may be receiving MIDI data from an   RTP MIDI stream via a MIDI DIN cable (or a software API emulation of   a MIDI DIN cable).  In this case, an RTP-MIDI-aware system receives   the RTP MIDI stream and transcodes it onto the MIDI DIN cable (or its   emulation).  Upon the receipt of the cancel sublist, the RTP-MIDI-   aware transcoder might have already sent the first part of the SysEx   command on the MIDI DIN cable to the receiver.   Unfortunately, the MIDI DIN cable protocol cannot directly code   "cancel SysEx in progress" semantics.  However, MIDI DIN cable   receivers begin SysEx processing after the complete command arrives.   The receiver checks to see if it recognizes the command (coded in the   first few octets) and then checks to see if the command is the   correct length.  Thus, in practice, a transcoder can cancel a SysEx   command by sending an 0xF7 to (prematurely) end the SysEx command --   the receiver will detect the incorrect command length and discard the   command.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 18]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006Appendix C.1 defines configuration tools that may be used to prohibit   SysEx command cancellation.   The relative ordering of SysEx command segments in a MIDI list must   match the relative ordering of the sublists in the original SysEx   command.  By default, commands other than System Real-time MIDI   commands MUST NOT appear between SysEx command segments (Appendix C.1   defines configuration tools to change this default, to let other   commands types appear between segments).  If the command segments of   a SysEx command are placed in the MIDI lists of two or more RTP   packets, the segment ordering rules apply to the concatenation of all   affected MIDI lists.          -----------------------------------------------------------         | Sublist Position |  Head Status Octet | Tail Status Octet |         |-----------------------------------------------------------|         |    first         |       0xF0         |       0xF0        |         |-----------------------------------------------------------|         |    middle        |       0xF7         |       0xF0        |         |-----------------------------------------------------------|         |    last          |       0xF7         |       0xF7        |         |-----------------------------------------------------------|         |    cancel        |       0xF7         |       0xF4        |          -----------------------------------------------------------               Figure 5 -- Command segmentation status octets   [MIDI] permits 0xF7 octets that are not part of a (0xF0, 0xF7) pair   to appear on a MIDI 1.0 DIN cable.  Unpaired 0xF7 octets have no   semantic meaning in MIDI, apart from cancelling running status.   Unpaired 0xF7 octets MUST NOT appear in the MIDI list of the MIDI   Command section.  We impose this restriction to avoid interference   with the command segmentation coding defined in Figure 5.   SysEx commands carried on a MIDI 1.0 DIN cable may use the "dropped   0xF7" construction [MIDI].  In this coding method, the 0xF7 octet is   dropped from the end of the SysEx command, and the status octet of   the next MIDI command acts both to terminate the SysEx command and   start the next command.  To encode this construction in the payload   format, follow these steps:     o  Determine the appropriate delta times for the SysEx command and        the command that follows the SysEx command.     o  Insert the "dropped" 0xF7 octet at the end of the SysEx command,        to form the standard SysEx syntax.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 19]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006     o  Code both commands into the MIDI list using the rules above.     o  Replace the 0xF7 octet that terminates the verbatim SysEx        encoding or the last segment of the segmented SysEx encoding        with a 0xF5 octet.  This substitution informs the receiver of        the original dropped 0xF7 coding.   [MIDI] reserves the undefined System Common commands 0xF4 and 0xF5   and the undefined System Real-time commands 0xF9 and 0xFD for future   use.  By default, undefined commands MUST NOT appear in a MIDI   Command field in the MIDI list, with the exception of the 0xF5 octets   used to code the "dropped 0xF7" construction and the 0xF4 octets used   by SysEx "cancel" sublists.   During session configuration, a stream may be customized to transport   undefined commands (Appendix C.1).  For this case, we now define how   senders encode undefined commands in the MIDI list.   An undefined System Real-time command MUST be coded using the System   Real-time rules.   If the undefined System Common commands are put to use in a future   version of [MIDI], the command will begin with an 0xF4 or 0xF5 status   octet, followed by an arbitrary number of data octets (i.e., zero or   more data bytes).  To encode these commands, senders MUST terminate   the command with an 0xF7 octet and place the modified command into   the MIDI Command field.   Unfortunately, non-compliant uses of the undefined System Common   commands may appear in MIDI implementations.  To model these   commands, we assume that the command begins with an 0xF4 or 0xF5   status octet, followed by zero or more data octets, followed by zero   or more trailing 0xF7 status octets.  To encode the command, senders   MUST first remove all trailing 0xF7 status octets from the command.   Then, senders MUST terminate the command with an 0xF7 octet and place   the modified command into the MIDI Command field.   Note that we include the trailing octets in our model as a cautionary   measure: if such commands appeared in a non-compliant use of an   undefined System Common command, an RTP MIDI encoding of the command   that did not remove trailing octets could be mistaken for an encoding   of "middle" or "last" sublist of a segmented SysEx commands (Figure   5) under certain packet loss conditions.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 20]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006          Original SysEx command:              0xF0 0x01 0x02 0x03 0x04 0x05 0x06 0x07 0x08 0xF7          A two-segment segmentation:              0xF0 0x01 0x02 0x03 0x04 0xF0              0xF7 0x05 0x06 0x07 0x08 0xF7          A different two-segment segmentation:              0xF0 0x01 0xF0              0xF7 0x02 0x03 0x04 0x05 0x06 0x07 0x08 0xF7          A three-segment segmentation:              0xF0 0x01 0x02 0xF0              0xF7 0x03 0x04 0xF0              0xF7 0x05 0x06 0x07 0x08 0xF7         The segmentation with the largest number of segments:              0xF0 0x01 0xF0              0xF7 0x02 0xF0              0xF7 0x03 0xF0              0xF7 0x04 0xF0              0xF7 0x05 0xF0              0xF7 0x06 0xF0              0xF7 0x07 0xF0              0xF7 0x08 0xF0              0xF7 0xF7                     Figure 6 -- Example segmentationsLazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 21]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 20064.  The Recovery Journal System   The recovery journal is the default resiliency tool for unreliable   transport.  In this section, we normatively define the roles that   senders and receivers play in the recovery journal system.   MIDI is a fragile code.  A single lost command in a MIDI command   stream may produce an artifact in the rendered performance.  We   normatively classify rendering artifacts into two categories:     o Transient artifacts.  Transient artifacts produce immediate but       short-term glitches in the performance.  For example, a lost       NoteOn (0x9) command produces a transient artifact: one note       fails to play, but the artifact does not extend beyond the end of       that note.     o Indefinite artifacts.  Indefinite artifacts produce long-lasting       errors in the rendered performance.  For example, a lost NoteOff       (0x8) command may produce an indefinite artifact: the note that       should have been ended by the lost NoteOff command may sustain       indefinitely.  As a second example, the loss of a Control Change       (0xB) command for controller number 7 (Channel Volume) may       produce an indefinite artifact: after the loss, all notes on the       channel may play too softly or too loudly.   The purpose of the recovery journal system is to satisfy the recovery   journal mandate: the MIDI performance rendered from an RTP MIDI   stream sent over unreliable transport MUST NOT contain indefinite   artifacts.   The recovery journal system does not use packet retransmission to   satisfy this mandate.  Instead, each packet includes a special   section, called the recovery journal.   The recovery journal codes the history of the stream, back to an   earlier packet called the checkpoint packet.  The range of coverage   for the journal is called the checkpoint history.  The recovery   journal codes the information necessary to recover from the loss of   an arbitrary number of packets in the checkpoint history.AppendixA.1 normatively defines the checkpoint packet and the checkpoint   history.   When a receiver detects a packet loss, it compares its own knowledge   about the history of the stream with the history information coded in   the recovery journal of the packet that ends the loss event.  By   noting the differences in these two versions of the past, a receiver   is able to transform all indefinite artifacts in the renderedLazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 22]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   performance into transient artifacts, by executing MIDI commands to   repair the stream.   We now state the normative role for senders in the recovery journal   system.   Senders prepare a recovery journal for every packet in the stream.   In doing so, senders choose the checkpoint packet identity for the   journal.  Senders make this choice by applying a sending policy.Appendix C.2.2 normatively defines three sending policies: "closed-   loop", "open-loop", and "anchor".   By default, senders MUST use the closed-loop sending policy.  If the   session description overrides this default policy, by using the   parameter j_update defined inAppendix C.2.2, senders MUST use the   specified policy.   After choosing the checkpoint packet identity for a packet, the   sender creates the recovery journal.  By default, this journal MUST   conform to the normative semantics inSection 5 and Appendices A-B in   this memo.  InAppendix C.2.3, we define parameters that modify the   normative semantics for recovery journals.  If the session   description uses these parameters, the journal created by the sender   MUST conform to the modified semantics.   Next, we state the normative role for receivers in the recovery   journal system.   A receiver MUST detect each RTP sequence number break in a stream.   If the sequence number break is due to a packet loss event (as   defined in [RFC3550]), the receiver MUST repair all indefinite   artifacts in the rendered MIDI performance caused by the loss.  If   the sequence number break is due to an out-of-order packet (as   defined in [RFC3550]), the receiver MUST NOT take actions that   introduce indefinite artifacts (ignoring the out-of-order packet is a   safe option).   Receivers take special precautions when entering or exiting a   session.  A receiver MUST process the first received packet in a   stream as if it were a packet that ends a loss event.  Upon exiting a   session, a receiver MUST ensure that the rendered MIDI performance   does not end with indefinite artifacts.   Receivers are under no obligation to perform indefinite artifact   repairs at the moment a packet arrives.  A receiver that uses a   playout buffer may choose to wait until the moment of rendering   before processing the recovery journal, as the "lost" packet may be a   late packet that arrives in time to use.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 23]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   Next, we state the normative role for the creator of the session   description in the recovery journal system.  Depending on the   application, the sender, the receivers, and other parties may take   part in creating or approving the session description.   A session description that specifies the default closed-loop sending   policy and the default recovery journal semantics satisfies the   recovery journal mandate.  However, these default behaviors may not   be appropriate for all sessions.  If the creators of a session   description use the parameters defined inAppendix C.2 to override   these defaults, the creators MUST ensure that the parameters define a   system that satisfies the recovery journal mandate.   Finally, we note that this memo does not specify sender or receiver   recovery journal algorithms.  Implementations are free to use any   algorithm that conforms to the requirements in this section.  The   non-normative [RFC4696] discusses sender and receiver algorithm   design.5.  Recovery Journal Format   This section introduces the structure of the recovery journal and   defines the bitfields of recovery journal headers.  Appendices A-B   complete the bitfield definition of the recovery journal.   The recovery journal has a three-level structure:     o Top-level header.     o Channel and system journal headers.  These headers encode       recovery information for a single voice channel (channel journal)       or for all systems commands (system journal).     o Chapters.  Chapters describe recovery information for a single       MIDI command type.   Figure 7 shows the top-level structure of the recovery journal.  The   recovery journals consists of a 3-octet header, followed by an   optional system journal (labeled S-journal in Figure 7) and an   optional list of channel journals.  Figure 8 shows the recovery   journal header format.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 24]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006       0                   1                   2                   3       0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |            Recovery journal header            | S-journal ... |      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |                      Channel journals ...                     |      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                Figure 7 -- Top-level recovery journal format              0                   1                   2              0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3             +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+             |S|Y|A|H|TOTCHAN|   Checkpoint Packet Seqnum    |             +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                    Figure 8 -- Recovery journal header   If the Y header bit is set to 1, the system journal appears in the   recovery journal, directly following the recovery journal header.   If the A header bit is set to 1, the recovery journal ends with a   list of (TOTCHAN + 1) channel journals (the 4-bit TOTCHAN header   field is interpreted as an unsigned integer).   A MIDI channel MAY be represented by (at most) one channel journal in   a recovery journal.  Channel journals MUST appear in the recovery   journal in ascending channel-number order.   If A and Y are both zero, the recovery journal only contains its 3-   octet header and is considered to be an "empty" journal.   The S (single-packet loss) bit appears in most recovery journal   structures, including the recovery journal header.  The S bit helps   receivers efficiently parse the recovery journal in the common case   of the loss of a single packet.Appendix A.1 defines S bit   semantics.   The H bit indicates if MIDI channels in the stream have been   configured to use the enhanced Chapter C encoding (Appendix A.3.3).   By default, the payload format does not use enhanced Chapter C   encoding.  In this default case, the H bit MUST be set to 0 for all   packets in the stream.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 25]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   If the stream has been configured so that controller numbers for one   or more MIDI channels use enhanced Chapter C encoding, the H bit MUST   be set to 1 in all packets in the stream.  InAppendix C.2.3, we show   how to configure a stream to use enhanced Chapter C encoding.   The 16-bit Checkpoint Packet Seqnum header field codes the sequence   number of the checkpoint packet for this journal, in network byte   order (big-endian).  The choice of the checkpoint packet sets the   depth of the checkpoint history for the journal (defined inAppendixA.1).   Receivers may use the Checkpoint Packet Seqnum field of the packet   that ends a loss event to verify that the journal checkpoint history   covers the entire loss event.  The checkpoint history covers the loss   event if the Checkpoint Packet Seqnum field is less than or equal to   one plus the highest RTP sequence number previously received on the   stream (modulo 2^16).       0                   1                   2                   3       0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |S| CHAN  |H|      LENGTH       |P|C|M|W|N|E|T|A|  Chapters ... |      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                     Figure 9 -- Channel journal format   Figure 9 shows the structure of a channel journal: a 3-octet header,   followed by a list of leaf elements called channel chapters.  A   channel journal encodes information about MIDI commands on the MIDI   channel coded by the 4-bit CHAN header field.  Note that CHAN uses   the same bit encoding as the channel nibble in MIDI Channel Messages   (the cccc field in Figure E.1 ofAppendix E).   The 10-bit LENGTH field codes the length of the channel journal.  The   semantics for LENGTH fields are uniform throughout the recovery   journal, and are defined inAppendix A.1.   The third octet of the channel journal header is the Table of   Contents (TOC) of the channel journal.  The TOC is a set of bits that   encode the presence of a chapter in the journal.  Each chapter   contains information about a certain class of MIDI channel command:      o  Chapter P: MIDI Program Change (0xC)      o  Chapter C: MIDI Control Change (0xB)      o  Chapter M: MIDI Parameter System (part of 0xB)      o  Chapter W: MIDI Pitch Wheel (0xE)      o  Chapter N: MIDI NoteOff (0x8), NoteOn (0x9)      o  Chapter E: MIDI Note Command Extras (0x8, 0x9)Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 26]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006      o  Chapter T: MIDI Channel Aftertouch (0xD)      o  Chapter A: MIDI Poly Aftertouch (0xA)   Chapters appear in a list following the header, in order of their   appearance in the TOC.  Appendices A.2-9 describe the bitfield format   for each chapter, and define the conditions under which a chapter   type MUST appear in the recovery journal.  If any chapter types are   required for a channel, an associated channel journal MUST appear in   the recovery journal.   The H bit indicates if controller numbers on a MIDI channel have been   configured to use the enhanced Chapter C encoding (Appendix A.3.3).   By default, controller numbers on a MIDI channel do not use enhanced   Chapter C encoding.  In this default case, the H bit MUST be set to 0   for all channel journal headers for the channel in the recovery   journal, for all packets in the stream.   However, if at least one controller number for a MIDI channel has   been configured to use the enhanced Chapter C encoding, the H bit for   its channel journal MUST be set to 1, for all packets in the stream.   InAppendix C.2.3, we show how to configure a controller number to   use enhanced Chapter C encoding.       0                   1                   2                   3       0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |S|D|V|Q|F|X|      LENGTH       |  System chapters ...          |      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                     Figure 10 -- System journal format   Figure 10 shows the structure of the system journal: a 2-octet   header, followed by a list of system chapters.  Each chapter codes   information about a specific class of MIDI Systems command:      o  Chapter D: Song Select (0xF3), Tune Request (0xF6), Reset                    (0xFF), undefined System commands (0xF4, 0xF5, 0xF9,                    0xFD)      o  Chapter V: Active Sense (0xFE)      o  Chapter Q: Sequencer State (0xF2, 0xF8, 0xF9, 0xFA, 0xFB, 0xFC)      o  Chapter F: MTC Tape Position (0xF1, 0xF0 0x7F 0xcc 0x01 0x01)      o  Chapter X: System Exclusive (all other 0xF0)   The 10-bit LENGTH field codes the size of the system journal and   conforms to semantics described inAppendix A.1.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 27]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   The D, V, Q, F, and X header bits form a Table of Contents (TOC) for   the system journal.  A TOC bit that is set to 1 codes the presence of   a chapter in the journal.  Chapters appear in a list following the   header, in the order of their appearance in the TOC.Appendix B describes the bitfield format for the system chapters and   defines the conditions under which a chapter type MUST appear in the   recovery journal.  If any system chapter type is required to appear   in the recovery journal, the system journal MUST appear in the   recovery journal.6.  Session Description Protocol   RTP does not perform session management.  Instead, RTP works together   with session management tools, such as the Session Initiation   Protocol (SIP, [RFC3261]) and the Real Time Streaming Protocol (RTSP,   [RFC2326]).   RTP payload formats define media type parameters for use in session   management (for example, this memo defines "rtp-midi" as the media   type for native RTP MIDI streams).   In most cases, session management tools use the media type parameters   via another standard, the Session Description Protocol (SDP,   [RFC4566]).   SDP is a textual format for specifying session descriptions.  Session   descriptions specify the network transport and media encoding for RTP   sessions.  Session management tools coordinate the exchange of   session descriptions between participants ("parties").   Some session management tools use SDP to negotiate details of media   transport (network addresses, ports, etc.).  We refer to this use of   SDP as "negotiated usage".  One example of negotiated usage is the   Offer/Answer protocol ([RFC3264] andAppendix C.7.2 in this memo) as   used by SIP.   Other session management tools use SDP to declare the media encoding   for the session but use other techniques to negotiate network   transport.  We refer to this use of SDP as "declarative usage".  One   example of declarative usage is RTSP ([RFC2326] andAppendix C.7.1 in   this memo).   Below, we show session description examples for native (Section 6.1)   and mpeg4-generic (Section 6.2) streams.  InSection 6.3, we   introduce session configuration tools that may be used to customize   streams.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 28]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 20066.1.  Session Descriptions for Native Streams   The session description below defines a unicast UDP RTP session (via   a media ("m=") line) whose sole payload type (96) is mapped to a   minimal native RTP MIDI stream.   v=0   o=lazzaro 2520644554 2838152170 IN IP4 first.example.net   s=Example   t=0 0   m=audio 5004 RTP/AVP 96   c=IN IP4 192.0.2.94   a=rtpmap:96 rtp-midi/44100   The rtpmap attribute line uses the "rtp-midi" media type to specify   an RTP MIDI native stream.  The clock rate specified on the rtpmap   line (in the example above, 44100 Hz) sets the scaling for the RTP   timestamp header field (seeSection 2.1, and also [RFC3550]).   Note that this document does not specify a default clock rate value   for RTP MIDI.  When RTP MIDI is used with SDP, parties MUST use the   rtpmap line to communicate the clock rate.  Guidance for selecting   the RTP MIDI clock rate value appears inSection 2.1.   We consider the RTP MIDI stream shown above to be "minimal" because   the session description does not customize the stream with   parameters.  Without such customization, a native RTP MIDI stream has   these characteristics:     1. If the stream uses unreliable transport (unicast UDP, multicast        UDP, etc.), the recovery journal system is in use, and the RTP        payload contains both the MIDI command section and the journal        section.  If the stream uses reliable transport (such as TCP),        the stream does not use journalling, and the payload contains        only the MIDI command section (Section 2.2).     2. If the stream uses the recovery journal system, the recovery        journal system uses the default sending policy and the default        journal semantics (Section 4).     3. In the MIDI command section of the payload, command timestamps        use the default "comex" semantics (Section 3).     4. The recommended temporal duration ("media time") of an RTP        packet ranges from 0 to 200 ms, and the RTP timestamp difference        between sequential packets in the stream may be arbitrarily        large (Section 2.1).Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 29]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006     5. If more than one minimal rtp-midi stream appears in a session,        the MIDI name spaces for these streams are independent: channel        1 in the first stream does not reference the same MIDI channel        as channel 1 in the second stream (seeAppendix C.5 for a        discussion of the independence of minimal rtp-midi streams).     6. The rendering method for the stream is not specified.  What the        receiver "does" with a minimal native MIDI stream is "out of        scope" of this memo.  For example, in content creation        environments, a user may manually configure client software to        render the stream with a specific software package.   As in standard in RTP, RTP sessions managed by SIP are sendrecv by   default (parties send and receive MIDI), and RTP sessions managed by   RTSP are recvonly by default (server sends and client receives).   In sendrecv RTP MIDI sessions for the session description shown   above, the 16 voice channel + systems MIDI name space is unique for   each sender.  Thus, in a two-party session, the voice channel 0 sent   by one party is distinct from the voice channel 0 sent by the other   party.   This behavior corresponds to what occurs when two MIDI 1.0 DIN   devices are cross-connected with two MIDI cables (one cable routing   MIDI Out from the first device into MIDI In of the second device, a   second cable routing MIDI In from the first device into MIDI Out of   the second device).  We define this "association" formally inSection2.1.   MIDI 1.0 DIN networks may be configured in a "party-line" multicast   topology.  For these networks, the MIDI protocol itself provides   tools for addressing specific devices in transactions on a multicast   network, and for device discovery.  Thus, apart from providing a 1-   to-many forward path and a many-to-1 reverse path, IETF protocols do   not need to provide any special support for MIDI multicast   networking.6.2.  Session Descriptions for mpeg4-generic Streams   An mpeg4-generic [RFC3640] RTP MIDI stream uses an MPEG 4 Audio   Object Type to render MIDI into audio.  Three Audio Object Types   accept MIDI input:     o General MIDI (Audio Object Type ID 15), based on the General MIDI       rendering standard [MIDI].     o Wavetable Synthesis (Audio Object Type ID 14), based on the       Downloadable Sounds Level 2 (DLS 2) rendering standard [DLS2].Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 30]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006     o Main Synthetic (Audio Object Type ID 13), based on Structured       Audio and the programming language SAOL [MPEGSA].   The primary service of an mpeg4-generic stream is to code Access   Units (AUs).  We define the mpeg4-generic RTP MIDI AU as the MIDI   payload shown in Figure 1 ofSection 2.1 of this memo: a MIDI command   section optionally followed by a journal section.   Exactly one RTP MIDI AU MUST be mapped to one mpeg4-generic RTP MIDI   packet.  The mpeg4-generic options for placing several AUs in an RTP   packet MUST NOT be used with RTP MIDI.  The mpeg4-generic options for   fragmenting and interleaving AUs MUST NOT be used with RTP MIDI.  The   mpeg4-generic RTP packet payload (Figure 1 in [RFC3640]) MUST contain   empty AU Header and Auxiliary sections.  These rules yield mpeg4-   generic packets that are structurally identical to native RTP MIDI   packets, an essential property for the correct operation of the   payload format.   The session description that follows defines a unicast UDP RTP   session (via a media ("m=") line) whose sole payload type (96) is   mapped to a minimal mpeg4-generic RTP MIDI stream.  This example uses   the General MIDI Audio Object Type under Synthesis Profile @ Level 2.   v=0   o=lazzaro 2520644554 2838152170 IN IP6 first.example.net   s=Example   t=0 0   m=audio 5004 RTP/AVP 96   c=IN IP6 2001:DB80::7F2E:172A:1E24   a=rtpmap:96 mpeg4-generic/44100   a=fmtp:96 streamtype=5; mode=rtp-midi; profile-level-id=12;   config=7A0A0000001A4D546864000000060000000100604D54726B0000   000600FF2F000   (The a=fmtp line has been wrapped to fit the page to accommodate memo   formatting restrictions; it comprises a single line in SDP.)   The fmtp attribute line codes the four parameters (streamtype, mode,   profile-level-id, and config) that are required in all mpeg4-generic   session descriptions [RFC3640].  For RTP MIDI streams, the streamtype   parameter MUST be set to 5, the "mode" parameter MUST be set to   "rtp-midi", and the "profile-level-id" parameter MUST be set to the   MPEG-4 Profile Level for the stream.  For the Synthesis Profile,   legal profile-level-id values are 11, 12, and 13, coding low (11),   medium (12), or high (13) decoder computational complexity, as   defined by MPEG conformance tests.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 31]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   In a minimal RTP MIDI session description, the config value MUST be a   hexadecimal encoding [RFC3640] of the AudioSpecificConfig data block   [MPEGAUDIO] for the stream.  AudioSpecificConfig encodes the Audio   Object Type for the stream and also encodes initialization data (SAOL   programs, DLS 2 wave tables, etc.).  Standard MIDI Files encoded in   AudioSpecificConfig in a minimal session description MUST be ignored   by the receiver.   Receivers determine the rendering algorithm for the session by   interpreting the first 5 bits of AudioSpecificConfig as an unsigned   integer that codes the Audio Object Type.  In our example above, the   leading config string nibbles "7A" yield the Audio Object Type 15   (General MIDI).  InAppendix E.4, we derive the config string value   in the session description shown above; the starting point of the   derivation is the MPEG bitstreams defined in [MPEGSA] and   [MPEGAUDIO].   We consider the stream to be "minimal" because the session   description does not customize the stream through the use of   parameters, other than the 4 required mpeg4-generic parameters   described above.  InSection 6.1, we describe the behavior of a   minimal native stream, as a numbered list of characteristics.  Items   1-4 on that list also describe the minimal mpeg4-generic stream, but   items 5 and 6 require restatements, as listed below:     5. If more than one minimal mpeg4-generic stream appears in a        session, each stream uses an independent instance of the Audio        Object Type coded in the config parameter value.     6. A minimal mpeg4-generic stream encodes the AudioSpecificConfig        as an inline hexadecimal constant.  If a session description is        sent over UDP, it may be impossible to transport large        AudioSpecificConfig blocks within the Maximum Transmission Size        (MTU) of the underlying network (for Ethernet, the MTU is 1500        octets).  In some cases, the AudioSpecificConfig block may        exceed the maximum size of the UDP packet itself.   The comments inSection 6.1 on SIP and RTSP stream directional   defaults, sendrecv MIDI channel usage, and MIDI 1.0 DIN multicast   networks also apply to mpeg4-generic RTP MIDI sessions.   In sendrecv sessions, each party's session description MUST use   identical values for the mpeg4-generic parameters (including the   required streamtype, mode, profile-level-id, and config parameters).   As a consequence, each party uses an identically configured MPEG 4   Audio Object Type to render MIDI commands into audio.  The preamble   toAppendix C discusses a way to create "virtual sendrecv" sessions   that do not have this restriction.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 32]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 20066.3.  Parameters   This section introduces parameters for session configuration for RTP   MIDI streams.  In session descriptions, parameters modify the   semantics of a payload type.  Parameters are specified on an fmtp   attribute line.  See the session description example inSection 6.2   for an example of a fmtp attribute line.   The parameters add features to the minimal streams described in   Sections6.1-2, and support several types of services:     o  Stream subsetting.  By default, all MIDI commands that are legal        to appear on a MIDI 1.0 DIN cable may appear in an RTP MIDI        stream.  The cm_unused parameter overrides this default by        prohibiting certain commands from appearing in the stream.  The        cm_used parameter is used in conjunction with cm_unused, to        simplify the specification of complex exclusion rules.  We        describe cm_unused and cm_used inAppendix C.1.     o  Journal customization.  The j_sec and j_update parameters        configure the use of the journal section.  The ch_default,        ch_never, and ch_anchor parameters configure the semantics of        the recovery journal chapters.  These parameters are described        inAppendix C.2 and override the default stream behaviors 1 and        2, listed inSection 6.1 and referenced inSection 6.2.     o  MIDI command timestamp semantics.  The tsmode, octpos, mperiod,        and linerate parameters customize the semantics of timestamps in        the MIDI command section.  These parameters let RTP MIDI        accurately encode the implicit time coding of MIDI 1.0 DIN        cables.  These parameters are described inAppendix C.3 and        override default stream behavior 3, listed inSection 6.1 and        referenced inSection 6.2     o  Media time.  The rtp_ptime and rtp_maxptime parameters define        the temporal duration ("media time") of an RTP MIDI packet.  The        guardtime parameter sets the minimum sending rate of stream        packets.  These parameters are described inAppendix C.4 and        override default stream behavior 4, listed inSection 6.1 and        referenced inSection 6.2.     o  Stream description.  The musicport parameter labels the MIDI        name space of RTP streams in a multimedia session.  Musicport is        described inAppendix C.5.  The musicport parameter overrides        default stream behavior 5, in Sections6.1 and6.2.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 33]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006     o  MIDI rendering.  Several parameters specify the MIDI rendering        method of a stream.  These parameters are described inAppendixC.6 and override default stream behavior 6, in Sections6.1 and        6.2.   InAppendix C.7, we specify interoperability guidelines for two RTP   MIDI application areas: content-streaming using RTSP (Appendix C.7.1)   and network musical performance using SIP (Appendix C.7.2).7.  Extensibility   The payload format defined in this memo exclusively encodes all   commands that may legally appear on a MIDI 1.0 DIN cable.   Many worthy uses of MIDI over RTP do not fall within the narrow scope   of the payload format.  For example, the payload format does not   support the direct transport of Standard MIDI File (SMF) meta-event   and metric timing data.  As a second example, the payload format does   not define transport tools for user-defined commands (apart from   tools to support System Exclusive commands [MIDI]).   The payload format does not provide an extension mechanism to support   new features of this nature, by design.  Instead, we encourage the   development of new payload formats for specialized musical   applications.  The IETF session management tools [RFC3264] [RFC2326]   support codec negotiation, to facilitate the use of new payload   formats in a backward-compatible way.   However, the payload format does provide several extensibility tools,   which we list below:     o  Journalling.  As described inAppendix C.2, new token values for        the j_sec and j_update parameters may be defined in IETF        standards-track documents.  This mechanism supports the design        of new journal formats and the definition of new journal sending        policies.     o  Rendering.  The payload format may be extended to support new        MIDI renderers (Appendix C.6.2).  Certain general aspects of the        RTP MIDI rendering process may also be extended, via the        definition of new token values for the render (Appendix C.6) and        smf_info (Appendix C.6.4.1) parameters.     o  Undefined commands.  [MIDI] reserves 4 MIDI System commands for        future use (0xF4, 0xF5, 0xF9, 0xFD).  If updates to [MIDI]        define the reserved commands, IETF standards-track documents may        be defined to provide resiliency support for the commands.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 34]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006        Opaque LEGAL fields appear in System Chapter D for this purpose        (Appendix B.1.1).   A final form of extensibility involves the inclusion of the payload   format in framework documents.  Framework documents describe how to   combine protocols to form a platform for interoperable applications.   For example, a stage and studio framework might define how to use SIP   [RFC3261], RTSP [RFC2326], SDP [RFC4566], and RTP [RFC3550] to   support media networking for professional audio equipment and   electronic musical instruments.8.  Congestion Control   The RTP congestion control requirements defined in [RFC3550] apply to   RTP MIDI sessions, and implementors should carefully read the   congestion control section in [RFC3550].  As noted in [RFC3550], all   transport protocols used on the Internet need to address congestion   control in some way, and RTP is not an exception.   In addition, the congestion control requirements defined in [RFC3551]   applies to RTP MIDI sessions run under applicable profiles.  The   basic congestion control requirement defined in [RFC3551] is that RTP   sessions that use UDP transport should monitor packet loss (via RTCP   or other means) to ensure that the RTP stream competes fairly with   TCP flows that share the network.   Finally, RTP MIDI has congestion control issues that are unique for   an audio RTP payload format.  In applications such as network musical   performance [NMP], the packet rate is linked to the gestural rate of   a human performer.  Senders MUST monitor the MIDI command source for   patterns that result in excessive packet rates and take actions   during RTP transcoding to reduce the RTP packet rate.  [RFC4696]   offers implementation guidance on this issue.9.  Security Considerations   Implementors should carefully read the Security Considerations   sections of the RTP [RFC3550], AVP [RFC3551], and other RTP profile   documents, as the issues discussed in these sections directly apply   to RTP MIDI streams.  Implementors should also review the Secure   Real-time Transport Protocol (SRTP, [RFC3711]), an RTP profile that   addresses the security issues discussed in [RFC3550] and [RFC3551].   Here, we discuss security issues that are unique to the RTP MIDI   payload format.   When using RTP MIDI, authentication of incoming RTP and RTCP packets   is RECOMMENDED.  Per-packet authentication may be provided by SRTP orLazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 35]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   by other means.  Without the use of authentication, attackers could   forge MIDI commands into an ongoing stream, damaging speakers and   eardrums.  An attacker could also craft RTP and RTCP packets to   exploit known bugs in the client and take effective control of a   client machine.   Session management tools (such as SIP [RFC3261]) SHOULD use   authentication during the transport of all session descriptions   containing RTP MIDI media streams.  For SIP, the Security   Considerations section in [RFC3261] provides an overview of possible   authentication mechanisms.  RTP MIDI session descriptions should use   authentication because the session descriptions may code   initialization data using the parameters described inAppendix C.  If   an attacker inserts bogus initialization data into a session   description, he can corrupt the session or forge an client attack.   Session descriptions may also code renderer initialization data by   reference, via the url (Appendix C.6.3) and smf_url (Appendix   C.6.4.2) parameters.  If the coded URL is spoofed, both session and   client are open to attack, even if the session description itself is   authenticated.  Therefore, URLs specified in url and smf_url   parameters SHOULD use [RFC2818].Section 2.1 allows streams sent by a party in two RTP sessions to   have the same SSRC value and the same RTP timestamp initialization   value, under certain circumstances.  Normally, these values are   randomly chosen for each stream in a session, to make plaintext   guessing harder to do if the payloads are encrypted.  Thus,Section2.1 weakens this aspect of RTP security.10.  Acknowledgements   We thank the networking, media compression, and computer music   community members who have commented or contributed to the effort,   including Kurt B, Cynthia Bruyns, Steve Casner, Paul Davis, Robin   Davies, Joanne Dow, Tobias Erichsen, Nicolas Falquet, Dominique   Fober, Philippe Gentric, Michael Godfrey, Chris Grigg, Todd Hager,   Michel Jullian, Phil Kerr, Young-Kwon Lim, Jessica Little, Jan van   der Meer, Colin Perkins, Charlie Richmond, Herbie Robinson, Larry   Rowe, Eric Scheirer, Dave Singer, Martijn Sipkema, William Stewart,   Kent Terry, Magnus Westerlund, Tom White, Jim Wright, Doug Wyatt, and   Giorgio Zoia.  We also thank the members of the San Francisco Bay   Area music and audio community for creating the context for the work,   including Don Buchla, Chris Chafe, Richard Duda, Dan Ellis, Adrian   Freed, Ben Gold, Jaron Lanier, Roger Linn, Richard Lyon, Dana Massie,   Max Mathews, Keith McMillen, Carver Mead, Nelson Morgan, Tom   Oberheim, Malcolm Slaney, Dave Smith, Julius Smith, David Wessel, and   Matt Wright.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 36]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 200611.  IANA Considerations   This section makes a series of requests to IANA.  The IANA has   completed registration/assignments of the below requests.   The sub-sections that follow hold the actual, detailed requests.  All   registrations in this section are in the IETF tree and follow the   rules of [RFC4288] and [RFC3555], as appropriate.   InSection 11.1, we request the registration of a new media type:   "audio/rtp-midi".  Paired with this request is a request for a   repository for new values for several parameters associated with   "audio/rtp-midi".  We request this repository in Section 11.1.1.   InSection 11.2, we request the registration of a new value ("rtp-   midi") for the "mode" parameter of the "mpeg4-generic" media type.   The "mpeg4-generic" media type is defined in [RFC3640], and [RFC3640]   defines a repository for the "mode" parameter.  However, we believe   we are the first to request the registration of a "mode" value, so we   believe the registry for "mode" has not yet been created by IANA.   Paired with our "mode" parameter value request for "mpeg4-generic" is   a request for a repository for new values for several parameters we   have defined for use with the "rtp-midi" mode value.  We request this   repository in Section 11.2.1.   InSection 11.3, we request the registration of a new media type:   "audio/asc".  No repository request is associated with this request.11.1.  rtp-midi Media Type Registration   This section requests the registration of the "rtp-midi" subtype for   the "audio" media type.  We request the registration of the   parameters listed in the "optional parameters" section below (both   the "non-extensible parameters" and the "extensible parameters"   lists).  We also request the creation of repositories for the   "extensible parameters"; the details of this request appear inSection 11.1.1, below.   Media type name:       audio   Subtype name:       rtp-midiLazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 37]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   Required parameters:       rate: The RTP timestamp clock rate.  See Sections2.1 and6.1       for usage details.   Optional parameters:       Non-extensible parameters:          ch_anchor:    SeeAppendix C.2.3 for usage details.          ch_default:   SeeAppendix C.2.3 for usage details.          ch_never:     SeeAppendix C.2.3 for usage details.          cm_unused:    SeeAppendix C.1 for usage details.          cm_used:      SeeAppendix C.1 for usage details.          chanmask:     SeeAppendix C.6.4.3 for usage details.          cid:          SeeAppendix C.6.3 for usage details.          guardtime:    SeeAppendix C.4.2 for usage details.          inline:       SeeAppendix C.6.3 for usage details.          linerate:     SeeAppendix C.3 for usage details.          mperiod:      SeeAppendix C.3 for usage details.          multimode:    SeeAppendix C.6.1 for usage details.          musicport:    SeeAppendix C.5 for usage details.          octpos:       SeeAppendix C.3 for usage details.          rinit:        SeeAppendix C.6.3 for usage details.          rtp_maxptime: SeeAppendix C.4.1 for usage details.          rtp_ptime:    SeeAppendix C.4.1 for usage details.          smf_cid:      SeeAppendix C.6.4.2 for usage details.          smf_inline:   SeeAppendix C.6.4.2 for usage details.          smf_url:      SeeAppendix C.6.4.2 for usage details.          tsmode:       SeeAppendix C.3 for usage details.          url:          SeeAppendix C.6.3 for usage details.       Extensible parameters:          j_sec:        SeeAppendix C.2.1 for usage details.  SeeSection 11.1.1 for repository details.          j_update:     SeeAppendix C.2.2 for usage details.  SeeSection 11.1.1 for repository details.          render:       SeeAppendix C.6 for usage details.  SeeSection 11.1.1 for repository details.          subrender:    SeeAppendix C.6.2 for usage details.  SeeSection 11.1.1 for repository details.          smf_info:     SeeAppendix C.6.4.1 for usage details.  SeeSection 11.1.1 for repository details.   Encoding considerations:       The format for this type is framed and binary.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 38]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   Restrictions on usage:       This type is only defined for real-time transfers of MIDI       streams via RTP.  Stored-file semantics for rtp-midi may       be defined in the future.   Security considerations:       SeeSection 9 of this memo.   Interoperability considerations:       None.   Published specification:       This memo and [MIDI] serve as the normative specification.  In       addition, references [NMP], [GRAME], and [RFC4696] provide       non-normative implementation guidance.   Applications that use this media type:       Audio content-creation hardware, such as MIDI controller piano       keyboards and MIDI audio synthesizers.  Audio content-creation       software, such as music sequencers, digital audio workstations,       and soft synthesizers.  Computer operating systems, for network       support of MIDI Application Programmer Interfaces.  Content       distribution servers and terminals may use this media type for       low bit-rate music coding.   Additional information:       None.   Person & email address to contact for further information:       John Lazzaro <lazzaro@cs.berkeley.edu>   Intended usage:       COMMON.   Author:       John Lazzaro <lazzaro@cs.berkeley.edu>Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 39]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   Change controller:       IETF Audio/Video Transport Working Group delegated       from the IESG.11.1.1.  Repository Request for "audio/rtp-midi"   For the "rtp-midi" subtype, we request the creation of repositories   for extensions to the following parameters (which are those listed as   "extensible parameters" inSection 11.1).      j_sec:         Registrations for this repository may only occur         via an IETF standards-track document.Appendix C.2.1         of this memo describes appropriate registrations for this         repository.         Initial values for this repository appear below:         "none":  Defined inAppendix C.2.1 of this memo.         "recj":  Defined inAppendix C.2.1 of this memo.      j_update:         Registrations for this repository may only occur         via an IETF standards-track document.Appendix C.2.2         of this memo describes appropriate registrations for this         repository.         Initial values for this repository appear below:         "anchor":  Defined inAppendix C.2.2 of this memo.         "open-loop":  Defined inAppendix C.2.2 of this memo.         "closed-loop":  Defined inAppendix C.2.2 of this memo.      render:         Registrations for this repository MUST include a         specification of the usage of the proposed value.         See text in the preamble ofAppendix C.6 for details         (the paragraph that begins "Other render token ...").Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 40]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006         Initial values for this repository appear below:         "unknown":  Defined inAppendix C.6 of this memo.         "synthetic":  Defined inAppendix C.6 of this memo.         "api":  Defined inAppendix C.6 of this memo.         "null":  Defined inAppendix C.6 of this memo.      subrender:         Registrations for this repository MUST include a         specification of the usage of the proposed value.         See textAppendix C.6.2 for details (the paragraph         that begins "Other subrender token ...").         Initial values for this repository appear below:         "default":  Defined inAppendix C.6.2 of this memo.      smf_info:         Registrations for this repository MUST include a         specification of the usage of the proposed value.         See text inAppendix C.6.4.1 for details (the         paragraph that begins "Other smf_info token ...").         Initial values for this repository appear below:         "ignore":  Defined inAppendix C.6.4.1 of this memo.         "sdp_start":  Defined inAppendix C.6.4.1 of this memo.         "identity":  Defined inAppendix C.6.4.1 of this memo.11.2.  mpeg4-generic Media Type Registration   This section requests the registration of the "rtp-midi" value for   the "mode" parameter of the "mpeg4-generic" media type.  The "mpeg4-   generic" media type is defined in [RFC3640], and [RFC3640] defines a   repository for the "mode" parameter.  We are registering mode rtp-   midi to support the MPEG Audio codecs [MPEGSA] that use MIDI.   In conjunction with this registration request, we request the   registration of the parameters listed in the "optional parameters"   section below (both the "non-extensible parameters" and the   "extensible parameters" lists).  We also request the creation of   repositories for the "extensible parameters"; the details of this   request appear in Appendix 11.2.1, below.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 41]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   Media type name:       audio   Subtype name:       mpeg4-generic   Required parameters:       The "mode" parameter is required by [RFC3640].  [RFC3640]       requests a repository for "mode", so that new values for mode       may be added.  We request that the value "rtp-midi" be       added to the "mode" repository.       In mode rtp-midi, the mpeg4-generic parameter rate is       a required parameter.  Rate specifies the RTP timestamp       clock rate.  See Sections2.1 and6.2 for usage details       of rate in mode rtp-midi.   Optional parameters:       We request registration of the following parameters       for use in mode rtp-midi for mpeg4-generic.       Non-extensible parameters:          ch_anchor:    SeeAppendix C.2.3 for usage details.          ch_default:   SeeAppendix C.2.3 for usage details.          ch_never:     SeeAppendix C.2.3 for usage details.          cm_unused:    SeeAppendix C.1 for usage details.          cm_used:      SeeAppendix C.1 for usage details.          chanmask:     SeeAppendix C.6.4.3 for usage details.          cid:          SeeAppendix C.6.3 for usage details.          guardtime:    SeeAppendix C.4.2 for usage details.          inline:       SeeAppendix C.6.3 for usage details.          linerate:     SeeAppendix C.3 for usage details.          mperiod:      SeeAppendix C.3 for usage details.          multimode:    SeeAppendix C.6.1 for usage details.          musicport:    SeeAppendix C.5 for usage details.          octpos:       SeeAppendix C.3 for usage details.          rinit:        SeeAppendix C.6.3 for usage details.          rtp_maxptime: SeeAppendix C.4.1 for usage details.          rtp_ptime:    SeeAppendix C.4.1 for usage details.          smf_cid:      SeeAppendix C.6.4.2 for usage details.          smf_inline:   SeeAppendix C.6.4.2 for usage details.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 42]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006          smf_url:      SeeAppendix C.6.4.2 for usage details.          tsmode:       SeeAppendix C.3 for usage details.          url:          SeeAppendix C.6.3 for usage details.       Extensible parameters:          j_sec:        SeeAppendix C.2.1 for usage details.  SeeSection 11.2.1 for repository details.          j_update:     SeeAppendix C.2.2 for usage details.  SeeSection 11.2.1 for repository details.          render:       SeeAppendix C.6 for usage details.  SeeSection 11.2.1 for repository details.          subrender:    SeeAppendix C.6.2 for usage details.  SeeSection 11.2.1 for repository details.          smf_info:     SeeAppendix C.6.4.1 for usage details.  SeeSection 11.2.1 for repository details.   Encoding considerations:       The format for this type is framed and binary.   Restrictions on usage:       Only defined for real-time transfers of audio/mpeg4-generic       RTP streams with mode=rtp-midi.   Security considerations:       SeeSection 9 of this memo.   Interoperability considerations:       Except for the marker bit (Section 2.1), the packet formats       for audio/rtp-midi and audio/mpeg4-generic (mode rtp-midi)       are identical.  The formats differ in use: audio/mpeg4-generic       is for MPEG work, and audio/rtp-midi is for all other work.   Published specification:       This memo, [MIDI], and [MPEGSA] are the normative references.       In addition, references [NMP], [GRAME], and [RFC4696] provide       non-normative implementation guidance.   Applications that use this media type:       MPEG 4 servers and terminals that support [MPEGSA].Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 43]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   Additional information:       None.   Person & email address to contact for further information:       John Lazzaro <lazzaro@cs.berkeley.edu>   Intended usage:       COMMON.   Author:       John Lazzaro <lazzaro@cs.berkeley.edu>   Change controller:       IETF Audio/Video Transport Working Group delegated       from the IESG.11.2.1.  Repository Request for Mode rtp-midi for mpeg4-generic   For mode rtp-midi of the mpeg4-generic subtype, we request the   creation of repositories for extensions to the following parameters   (which are those listed as "extensible parameters" inSection 11.2).      j_sec:         Registrations for this repository may only occur         via an IETF standards-track document.Appendix C.2.1         of this memo describes appropriate registrations for this         repository.         Initial values for this repository appear below:         "none":  Defined inAppendix C.2.1 of this memo.         "recj":  Defined inAppendix C.2.1 of this memo.      j_update:         Registrations for this repository may only occur         via an IETF standards-track document.Appendix C.2.2         of this memo describes appropriate registrations for this         repository.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 44]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006         Initial values for this repository appear below:         "anchor":  Defined inAppendix C.2.2 of this memo.         "open-loop":  Defined inAppendix C.2.2 of this memo.         "closed-loop":  Defined inAppendix C.2.2 of this memo.      render:         Registrations for this repository MUST include a         specification of the usage of the proposed value.         See text in the preamble ofAppendix C.6 for details         (the paragraph that begins "Other render token ...").         Initial values for this repository appear below:         "unknown":  Defined inAppendix C.6 of this memo.         "synthetic":  Defined inAppendix C.6 of this memo.         "null":  Defined inAppendix C.6 of this memo.      subrender:         Registrations for this repository MUST include a         specification of the usage of the proposed value.         See textAppendix C.6.2 for details (the paragraph         that begins "Other subrender token ..." and         subsequent paragraphs).  Note that the text inAppendix C.6.2 contains restrictions on subrender         registrations for mpeg4-generic ("Registrations         for mpeg4-generic subrender values ...").         Initial values for this repository appear below:         "default":  Defined inAppendix C.6.2 of this memo.      smf_info:         Registrations for this repository MUST include a         specification of the usage of the proposed value.         See text inAppendix C.6.4.1 for details (the         paragraph that begins "Other smf_info token ...").         Initial values for this repository appear below:         "ignore":  Defined inAppendix C.6.4.1 of this memo.         "sdp_start":  Defined inAppendix C.6.4.1 of this memo.         "identity":  Defined inAppendix C.6.4.1 of this memo.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 45]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 200611.3.  asc Media Type Registration   This section registers "asc" as a subtype for the "audio" media type.   We register this subtype to support the remote transfer of the   "config" parameter of the mpeg4-generic media type [RFC3640] when it   is used with mpeg4-generic mode rtp-midi (registered in Appendix 11.2   above).  We explain the mechanics of using "audio/asc" to set the   config parameter inSection 6.2 andAppendix C.6.5 of this document.   Note that this registration is a new subtype registration and is not   an addition to a repository defined by MPEG-related memos (such as   [RFC3640]).  Also note that this request for "audio/asc" does not   register parameters, and does not request the creation of a   repository.   Media type name:       audio   Subtype name:       asc   Required parameters:       None.   Optional parameters:       None.   Encoding considerations:       The native form of the data object is binary data,       zero-padded to an octet boundary.   Restrictions on usage:       This type is only defined for data object (stored file)       transfer.  The most common transports for the type are       HTTP and SMTP.   Security considerations:       SeeSection 9 of this memo.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 46]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   Interoperability considerations:       None.   Published specification:       The audio/asc data object is the AudioSpecificConfig       binary data structure, which is normatively defined in       [MPEGAUDIO].   Applications that use this media type:       MPEG 4 Audio servers and terminals that support       audio/mpeg4-generic RTP streams for mode rtp-midi.   Additional information:       None.   Person & email address to contact for further information:       John Lazzaro <lazzaro@cs.berkeley.edu>   Intended usage:       COMMON.   Author:       John Lazzaro <lazzaro@cs.berkeley.edu>   Change controller:       IETF Audio/Video Transport Working Group delegated       from the IESG.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 47]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006A.  The Recovery Journal Channel ChaptersA.1.  Recovery Journal Definitions   This appendix defines the terminology and the coding idioms that are   used in the recovery journal bitfield descriptions inSection 5   (journal header structure), Appendices A.2 to A.9 (channel journal   chapters) and Appendices B.1 to B.5 (system journal chapters).   We assume that the recovery journal resides in the journal section of   an RTP packet with sequence number I ("packet I") and that the   Checkpoint Packet Seqnum field in the top-level recovery journal   header refers to a previous packet with sequence number C (an   exception is the self-referential C = I case).  Unless stated   otherwise, algorithms are assumed to use modulo 2^16 arithmetic for   calculations on 16-bit sequence numbers and modulo 2^32 arithmetic   for calculations on 32-bit extended sequence numbers.   Several bitfield coding idioms appear throughout the recovery journal   system, with consistent semantics.  Most recovery journal elements   begin with an "S" (Single-packet loss) bit.  S bits are designed to   help receivers efficiently parse through the recovery journal   hierarchy in the common case of the loss of a single packet.   As a rule, S bits MUST be set to 1.  However, an exception applies if   a recovery journal element in packet I encodes data about a command   stored in the MIDI command section of packet I - 1.  In this case,   the S bit of the recovery journal element MUST be set to 0.  If a   recovery journal element has its S bit set to 0, all higher-level   recovery journal elements that contain it MUST also have S bits that   are set to 0, including the top-level recovery journal header.   Other consistent bitfield coding idioms are described below:     o R flag bit.  R flag bits are reserved for future use.  Senders       MUST set R bits to 0.  Receivers MUST ignore R bit values.     o LENGTH field.  All fields named LENGTH (as distinct from LEN)       code the number of octets in the structure that contains it,       including the header it resides in and all hierarchical levels       below it.  If a structure contains a LENGTH field, a receiver       MUST use the LENGTH field value to advance past the structure       during parsing, rather than use knowledge about the internal       format of the structure.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 48]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   We now define normative terms used to describe recovery journal   semantics.     o Checkpoint history.  The checkpoint history of a recovery journal       is the concatenation of the MIDI command sections of packets C       through I - 1.  The final command in the MIDI command section for       packet I - 1 is considered the most recent command; the first       command in the MIDI command section for packet C is the oldest       command.  If command X is less recent than command Y, X is       considered to be "before Y".  A checkpoint history with no       commands is considered to be empty.  The checkpoint history never       contains the MIDI command section of packet I (the packet       containing the recovery journal), so if C == I, the checkpoint       history is empty by definition.     o Session history.  The session history of a recovery journal is       the concatenation of MIDI command sections from the first packet       of the session up to packet I - 1.  The definitions of command       recency and history emptiness follow those in the checkpoint       history.  The session history never contains the MIDI command       section of packet I, and so the session history of the first       packet in the session is empty by definition.     o Finished/unfinished commands.  If all octets of a MIDI command       appear in the session history, the command is defined as being       finished.  If some but not all octets of a command appear in the       session history, the command is defined as being unfinished.       Unfinished commands occur if segments of a SysEx command appear       in several RTP packets.  For example, if a SysEx command is coded       as 3 segments, with segment 1 in packet K, segment 2 in packet K       + 1, and segment 3 in packet K + 2, the session histories for       packets K + 1 and K + 2 contain unfinished versions of the       command.  A session history contains a finished version of a       cancelled SysEx command if the history contains the cancel       sublist for the command.     o Reset State commands.  Reset State (RS) commands reset renderers       to an initialized "powerup" condition.  The RS commands are:       System Reset (0xFF), General MIDI System Enable (0xF0 0x7E 0xcc       0x09 0x01 0xF7), General MIDI 2 System Enable (0xF0 0x7E 0xcc       0x09 0x03 0xF7), General MIDI System Disable (0xF0 0x7E 0xcc 0x09       0x00 0xF7), Turn DLS On (0xF0 0x7E 0xcc 0x0A 0x01 0xF7), and Turn       DLS Off (0xF0 0x7E 0xcc 0x0A 0x02 0xF7).  Registrations of       subrender parameter token values (Appendix C.6.2) and IETF       standards-track documents MAY specify additional RS commands.     o Active commands.  Active command are MIDI commands that do not       appear before a Reset State command in the session history.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 49]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006     o N-active commands.  N-active commands are MIDI commands that do       not appear before one of the following commands in the session       history:  MIDI Control Change numbers 123-127 (numbers with All       Notes Off semantics) or 120 (All Sound Off), and any Reset State       command.     o C-active commands.  C-active commands are MIDI commands that do       not appear before one of the following commands in the session       history:  MIDI Control Change number 121 (Reset All Controllers)       and any Reset State command.     o Oldest-first ordering rule.  Several recovery journal chapters       contain a list of elements, where each element is associated with       a MIDI command that appears in the session history.  In most       cases, the chapter definition requires that list elements be       ordered in accordance with the "oldest-first ordering rule".       Below, we normatively define this rule:       Elements associated with the most recent command in the session       history coded in the list MUST appear at the end of the list.       Elements associated with the oldest command in the session       history coded in the list MUST appear at the start of the list.       All other list elements MUST be arranged with respect to these       boundary elements, to produce a list ordering that strictly       reflects the relative session history recency of the commands       coded by the elements in the list.     o Parameter system.  A MIDI feature that provides two sets of       16,384 parameters to expand the 0-127 controller number space.       The Registered Parameter Names (RPN) system and the Non-       Registered Parameter Names (NRPN) system each provides 16,384       parameters.     o Parameter system transaction.  The value of RPNs and NRPNs are       changed by a series of Control Change commands that form a       parameter system transaction.  A canonical transaction begins       with two Control Change commands to set the parameter number       (controller numbers 99 and 98 for NRPNs, controller numbers 101       and 100 for RPNs).  The transaction continues with an arbitrary       number of Data Entry (controller numbers 6 and 38), Data       Increment (controller number 96), and Data Decrement (controller       number 97) Control Change commands to set the parameter value.       The transaction ends with a second pair of (99, 98) or (101, 100)       Control Change commands that specify the null parameter (MSB       value 0x7F, LSB value 0x7F).Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 50]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006       Several variants of the canonical transaction sequence are       possible.  Most commonly, the terminal pair of (99, 98) or (101,       100) Control Change commands may specify a parameter other than       the null parameter.  In this case, the command pair terminates       the first transaction and starts a second transaction.  The       command pair is considered to be a part of both transactions.       This variant is legal and recommended in [MIDI].  We refer to       this variant as a "type 1 variant".       Less commonly, the MSB (99 or 101) or LSB (98 or 100) command of       a (99, 98) or (101, 100) Control Change pair may be omitted.       If the MSB command is omitted, the transaction uses the MSB value       of the most recent C-active Control Change command for controller       number 99 or 101 that appears in the session history.  We refer       to this variant as a "type 2 variant".       If the LSB command is omitted, the LSB value 0x00 is assumed.  We       refer to this variant as a "type 3 variant".  The type 2 and type       3 variants are defined as legal, but are not recommended, in       [MIDI].       System real-time commands may appear at any point during a       transaction (even between octets of individual commands in the       transaction).  More generally, [MIDI] does not forbid the       appearance of unrelated MIDI commands during an open transaction.       As a rule, these commands are considered to be "outside" the       transaction and do not affect the status of the transaction in       any way.  Exceptions to this rule are commands whose semantics       act to terminate transactions:  Reset State commands, and Control       Change (0xB) for controller number 121 (Reset All Controllers)       [RP015].     o Initiated parameter system transaction.  A canonical parameter       system transaction whose (99, 98) or (101, 100) initial Control       Change command pair appears in the session history is considered       to be an initiated parameter system transaction.  This definition       also holds for type 1 variants.  For type 2 variants (dropped       MSB), a transaction whose initial LSB Control Change command       appears in the session history is an initiated transaction.  For       type 3 variants (dropped LSB), a transaction is considered to be       initiated if at least one transaction command follows the initial       MSB (99 or 101) Control Change command in the session history.       The completion of a transaction does not nullify its "initiated"       status.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 51]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006     o Session history reference counts.  Several recovery journal       chapters include a reference count field, which codes the total       number of commands of a type that appear in the session history.       Examples include the Reset and Tune Request command logs (Chapter       D,Appendix B.1) and the Active Sense command (Chapter V,Appendix B.2).  Upon the detection of a loss event, reference       count fields let a receiver deduce if any instances of the       command have been lost, by comparing the journal reference count       with its own reference count.  Thus, a reference count field       makes sense, even for command types in which knowing the NUMBER       of lost commands is irrelevant (as is true with all of the       example commands mentioned above).   The chapter definitions in Appendices A.2 to A.9 and B.1 to B.5   reflect the default recovery journal behavior.  The ch_default,   ch_never, and ch_anchor parameters modify these definitions, as   described inAppendix C.2.3.   The chapter definitions specify if data MUST be present in the   journal.  Senders MAY also include non-required data in the journal.   This optional data MUST comply with the normative chapter definition.   For example, if a chapter definition states that a field codes data   from the most recent active command in the session history, the   sender MUST NOT code inactive commands or older commands in the   field.   Finally, we note that a channel journal only encodes information   about MIDI commands appearing on the MIDI channel the journal   protects.  All references to MIDI commands in Appendices A.2 to A.9   should be read as "MIDI commands appearing on this channel."A.2.  Chapter P: MIDI Program Change   A channel journal MUST contain Chapter P if an active Program Change   (0xC) command appears in the checkpoint history.  Figure A.2.1 shows   the format for Chapter P.                0                   1                   2                0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3               +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+               |S|   PROGRAM   |B|   BANK-MSB  |X|  BANK-LSB   |               +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                      Figure A.2.1 -- Chapter P format   The chapter has a fixed size of 24 bits.  The PROGRAM field indicates   the data value of the most recent active Program Change command in   the session history.  By default, the B, BANK-MSB, X, and BANK-LSBLazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 52]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   fields MUST be set to 0.  Below, we define exceptions to this default   condition.   If an active Control Change (0xB) command for controller number 0   (Bank Select MSB) appears before the Program Change command in the   session history, the B bit MUST be set to 1, and the BANK-MSB field   MUST code the data value of the Control Change command.   If B is set to 1, the BANK-LSB field MUST code the data value of the   most recent Control Change command for controller number 32 (Bank   Select LSB) that preceded the Program Change command coded in the   PROGRAM field and followed the Control Change command coded in the   BANK-MSB field.  If no such Control Change command exists, the BANK-   LSB field MUST be set to 0.   If B is set to 1, and if a Control Change command for controller   number 121 (Reset All Controllers) appears in the MIDI stream between   the Control Change command coded by the BANK-MSB field and the   Program Change command coded by the PROGRAM field, the X bit MUST be   set to 1.   Note that [RP015] specifies that Reset All Controllers does not reset   the values of controller numbers 0 (Bank Select MSB) and 32 (Bank   Select LSB).  Thus, the X bit does not effect how receivers will use   the BANK-LSB and BANK-MSB values when recovering from a lost Program   Change command.  The X bit serves to aid recovery in MIDI   applications where controller numbers 0 and 32 are used in a non-   standard way.A.3.  Chapter C: MIDI Control Change   Figure A.3.1 shows the format for Chapter C.       0                   1                   2                   3       0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 0 1      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |S|     LEN     |S|   NUMBER    |A|  VALUE/ALT  |S|   NUMBER    |      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |A|  VALUE/ALT  |  ....                                         |      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                       Figure A.3.1 -- Chapter C format   The chapter consists of a 1-octet header, followed by a variable   length list of 2-octet controller logs.  The list MUST contain at   least one controller log.  The 7-bit LEN field codes the number of   controller logs in the list, minus one.  We define the semantics of   the controller log fields inAppendix A.3.2.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 53]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   A channel journal MUST contain Chapter C if the rules defined in this   appendix require that one or more controller logs appear in the list.A.3.1.  Log Inclusion Rules   A controller log encodes information about a particular Control   Change command in the session history.   In the default use of the payload format, list logs MUST encode   information about the most recent active command in the session   history for a controller number.  Logs encoding earlier commands MUST   NOT appear in the list.   Also, as a rule, the list MUST contain a log for the most recent   active command for a controller number that appears in the checkpoint   history.  Below, we define exceptions to this rule:     o  MIDI streams may transmit 14-bit controller values using paired        Most Significant Byte (MSB, controller numbers 0-31, 99, 101)        and Least Significant Byte (LSB, controller numbers 32-63, 98,        100) Control Change commands [MIDI].        If the most recent active Control Change command in the session        history for a 14-bit controller pair uses the MSB number,        Chapter C MAY omit the controller log for the most recent active        Control Change command for the associated LSB number, as the        command ordering makes this LSB value irrelevant.  However, this        exception MUST NOT be applied if the sender is not certain that        the MIDI source uses 14-bit semantics for the controller number        pair.  Note that some MIDI sources ignore 14-bit controller        semantics and use the LSB controller numbers as independent 7-        bit controllers.     o  If active Control Change commands for controller numbers 0 (Bank        Select MSB) or 32 (Bank Select LSB) appear in the checkpoint        history, and if the command instances are also coded in the        BANK-MSB and BANK-LSB fields of the Chapter P (Appendix A.2),        Chapter C MAY omit the controller logs for the commands.     o  Several controller number pairs are defined to be mutually        exclusive.  Controller numbers 124 (Omni Off) and 125 (Omni On)        form a mutually exclusive pair, as do controller numbers 126        (Mono) and 127 (Poly).        If active Control Change commands for one or both members of a        mutually exclusive pair appear in the checkpoint history, a log        for the controller number of the most recent command for the        pair in the checkpoint history MUST appear in the controllerLazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 54]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006        list.  However, the list MAY omit the controller log for the        most recent active command for the other number in the pair.        If active Control Change commands for one or both members of a        mutually exclusive pair appear in the session history, and if a        log for the controller number of the most recent command for the        pair does not appear in the controller list, a log for the most        recent command for the other number of the pair MUST NOT appear        in the controller list.     o  If an active Control Change command for controller number 121        (Reset All Controllers) appears in the session history, the        controller list MAY omit logs for Control Change commands that        precede the Reset All Controllers command in the session        history, under certain conditions.        Namely, a log MAY be omitted if the sender is certain that a        command stream follows the Reset All Controllers semantics        defined in [RP015], and if the log codes a controller number for        which [RP015] specifies a reset value.        For example, [RP015] specifies that controller number 1        (Modulation Wheel) is reset to the value 0, and thus a        controller log for Modulation Wheel MAY be omitted from the        controller log list.  In contrast, [RP015] specifies that        controller number 7 (Channel Volume) is not reset, and thus a        controller log for Channel Volume MUST NOT be omitted from the        controller log list.     oAppendix A.3.4 defines exception rules for the MIDI Parameter        System controller numbers 6, 38, and 96-101.A.3.2.  Controller Log Format   Figure A.3.2 shows the controller log structure of Chapter C.                       0                   1                       0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5                      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                      |S|    NUMBER   |A|  VALUE/ALT  |                      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                  Figure A.3.2 -- Chapter C controller log   The 7-bit NUMBER field identifies the controller number of the coded   command.  The 7-bit VALUE/ALT field codes recovery information for   the command.  The A bit sets the format of the VALUE/ALT field.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 55]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   A log encodes recovery information using one of the following tools:   the value tool, the toggle tool, or the count tool.   A log uses the value tool if the A bit is set to 0.  The value tool   codes the 7-bit data value of a command in the VALUE/ALT field.  The   value tool works best for controllers that code a continuous   quantity, such as number 1 (Modulation Wheel).   The A bit is set to 1 to code the toggle or count tool.  These tools   work best for controllers that code discrete actions.  Figure A.3.3   shows the controller log for these tools.                       0                   1                       0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5                      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                      |S|    NUMBER   |1|T|    ALT    |                      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                 Figure A.3.3 -- Controller log for ALT tools   A log uses the toggle tool if the T bit is set to 0.  A log uses the   count tool if the T bit is set to 1.  Both methods use the 6-bit ALT   field as an unsigned integer.   The toggle tool works best for controllers that act as on/off   switches, such as 64 (Damper Pedal (Sustain)).  These controllers   code the "off" state with control values 0-63 and the "on" state with   64-127.   For the toggle tool, the ALT field codes the total number of toggles   (off->on and on->off) due to Control Change commands in the session   history, up to and including a toggle caused by the command coded by   the log.  The toggle count includes toggles caused by Control Change   commands for controller number 121 (Reset All Controllers).   Toggle counting is performed modulo 64.  The toggle count is reset at   the start of a session, and whenever a Reset State command (Appendix   A.1) appears in the session history.  When these reset events occur,   the toggle count for a controller is set to 0 (for controllers whose   default value is 0-63) or 1 (for controllers whose default value is   64-127).   The Damper Pedal (Sustain) controller illustrates the benefits of the   toggle tool over the value tool for switch controllers.  As often   used in piano applications, the "on" state of the controller lets   notes resonate, while the "off" state immediately damps notes to   silence.  The loss of the "off" command in an "on->off->on" sequence   results in ringing notes that should have been damped silent.  TheLazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 56]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   toggle tool lets receivers detect this lost "off" command, but the   value tool does not.   The count tool is conceptually similar to the toggle tool.  For the   count tool, the ALT field codes the total number of Control Change   commands in the session history, up to and including the command   coded by the log.  Command counting is performed modulo 64.  The   command count is set to 0 at the start of the session and is reset to   0 whenever a Reset State command (Appendix A.1) appears in the   session history.   Because the count tool ignores the data value, it is a good match for   controllers whose controller value is ignored, such as number 123   (All Notes Off).  More generally, the count tool may be used to code   a (modulo 64) identification number for a command.A.3.3.  Log List Coding Rules   In this section, we describe the organization of controller logs in   the Chapter C log list.   A log encodes information about a particular Control Change command   in the session history.  In most cases, a command SHOULD be coded by   a single tool (and, thus, a single log).  If a number is coded with a   single tool and this tool is the count tool, recovery Control Change   commands generated by a receiver SHOULD use the default control value   for the controller.   However, a command MAY be coded by several tool types (and, thus,   several logs, each using a different tool).  This technique may   improve recovery performance for controllers with complex semantics,   such as controller number 84 (Portamento Control) or controller   number 121 (Reset All Controllers) when used with a non-zero data   octet (with the semantics described in [DLS2]).   If a command is encoded by multiple tools, the logs MUST be placed in   the list in the following order: count tool log (if any), followed by   value tool log (if any), followed by toggle tool log (if any).   The Chapter C log list MUST obey the oldest-first ordering rule   (defined inAppendix A.1).  Note that this ordering preserves the   information necessary for the recovery of 14-bit controller values,   without precluding the use of MSB and LSB controller pairs as   independent 7-bit controllers.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 57]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   In the default use of the payload format, all logs that appear in the   list for a controller number encode information about one Control   Change command -- namely, the most recent active Control Change   command in the session history for the number.   This coding scheme provides good recovery performance for the   standard uses of Control Change commands defined in [MIDI].  However,   not all MIDI applications restrict the use of Control Change commands   to those defined in [MIDI].   For example, consider the common MIDI encoding of rotary encoders   ("infinite" rotation knobs).  The mixing console MIDI convention   defined in [LCP] codes the position of rotary encoders as a series of   Control Change commands.  Each command encodes a relative change of   knob position from the last update (expressed as a clockwise or   counter-clockwise knob turning angle).   As the knob position is encoded incrementally over a series of   Control Change commands, the best recovery performance is obtained if   the log list encodes all Control Change commands for encoder   controller numbers that appear in the checkpoint history, not only   the most recent command.   To support application areas that use Control Change commands in this   way, Chapter C may be configured to encode information about several   Control Change commands for a controller number.  We use the term   "enhanced" to describe this encoding method, which we describe below.   InAppendix C.2.3, we show how to configure a stream to use enhanced   Chapter C encoding for specific controller numbers.  InSection 5 in   the main text, we show how the H bits in the recovery journal header   (Figure 8) and in the channel journal header (Figure 9) indicate the   use of enhanced Chapter C encoding.   Here, we define how to encode a Chapter C log list that uses the   enhanced encoding method.   Senders that use the enhanced encoding method for a controller number   MUST obey the rules below.  These rules let a receiver determine   which logs in the list correspond to lost commands.  Note that these   rules override the exceptions listed inAppendix A.3.1.     o  If N commands for a controller number are encoded in the list,        the commands MUST be the N most recent commands for the        controller number in the session history.  For example, for N =        2, the sender MUST encode the most recent command and the second        most recent command, not the most recent command and the third        most recent command.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 58]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006     o  If a controller number uses enhanced encoding, the encoding of        the least-recent command for the controller number in the log        list MUST include a count tool log.  In addition, if commands        are encoded for the controller number whose logs have S bits set        to 0, the encoding of the least-recent command with S = 0 logs        MUST include a count tool log.        The count tool is OPTIONAL for the other commands for the        controller number encoded in the list, as a receiver is able to        efficiently deduce the count tool value for these commands, for        both single-packet and multi-packet loss events.     o  The use of the value and toggle tools MUST be identical for all        commands for a controller number encoded in the list.  For        example, a value tool log either MUST appear for all commands        for the controller number coded in the list, or alternatively,        value tool logs for the controller number MUST NOT appear in the        list.  Likewise, a toggle tool log either MUST appear for all        commands for the controller number coded in the list, or        alternatively, toggle tool logs for the controller number MUST        NOT appear in the list.     o  If a command is encoded by multiple tools, the logs MUST be        placed in the list in the following order: count tool log (if        any), followed by value tool log (if any), followed by toggle        tool log (if any).   These rules permit a receiver recovering from a packet loss to use   the count tool log to match the commands encoded in the list with its   own history of the stream, as we describe below.  Note that the text   below describes a non-normative algorithm; receivers are free to use   any algorithm to match its history with the log list.   In a typical implementation of the enhanced encoding method, a   receiver computes and stores count, value, and toggle tool data field   values for the most recent Control Change command it has received for   a controller number.   After a loss event, a receiver parses the Chapter C list and   processes list logs for a controller number that uses enhanced   encoding as follows.   The receiver compares the count tool ALT field for the least-recent   command for the controller number in the list against its stored   count data for the controller number, to determine if recovery is   necessary for the command coded in the list.  The value and toggle   tool logs (if any) that directly follow the count tool log are   associated with this least-recent command.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 59]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   To check more-recent commands for the controller, the receiver   detects additional value and/or toggle tool logs for the controller   number in the list and infers count tool data for the command coded   by these logs.  This inferred data is used to determine if recovery   is necessary for the command coded by the value and/or toggle tool   logs.   In this way, a receiver is able to execute only lost commands,   without executing a command twice.  While recovering from a single   packet loss, a receiver may skip through S = 1 logs in the list, as   the first S = 0 log for an enhanced controller number is always a   count tool log.   Note that the requirements inAppendix C.2.2.2 for protective sender   and receiver actions during session startup for multicast operation   are of particular importance for enhanced encoding, as receivers need   to initialize its count tool data structures with recovery journal   data in order to match commands correctly after a loss event.   Finally, we note in passing that in some applications of rotary   encoders, a good user experience may be possible without the use of   enhanced encoding.  These applications are distinguished by visual   feedback of encoding position that is driven by the post-recovery   rotary encoding stream, and relatively low packet loss.  In these   domains, recovery performance may be acceptable for rotary encoders   if the log list encodes only the most recent command, if both count   and value logs appear for the command.A.3.4.  The Parameter System   Readers may wish to review theAppendix A.1 definitions of "parameter   system", "parameter system transaction", and "initiated parameter   system transaction" before reading this section.   Parameter system transactions update a MIDI Registered Parameter   Number (RPN) or Non-Registered Parameter Number (NRPN) value.  A   parameter system transaction is a sequence of Control Change commands   that may use the following controllers numbers:     o  Data Entry MSB (6)     o  Data Entry LSB (38)     o  Data Increment (96)     o  Data Decrement (97)     o  Non-Registered Parameter Number (NRPN) LSB (98)     o  Non-Registered Parameter Number (NRPN) MSB (99)     o  Registered Parameter Number (RPN) LSB (100)     o  Registered Parameter Number (RPN) MSB (101)Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 60]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   Control Change commands that are a part of a parameter system   transaction MUST NOT be coded in Chapter C controller logs.  Instead,   these commands are coded in Chapter M, the MIDI Parameter chapter   defined inAppendix A.4.   However, Control Change commands that use the listed controllers as   general-purpose controllers (i.e., outside of a parameter system   transaction) MUST NOT be coded in Chapter M.   Instead, the controllers are coded in Chapter C controller logs.  The   controller logs follow the coding rules stated inAppendix A.3.2 and   A.3.3.  The rules for coding paired LSB and MSB controllers, as   defined inAppendix A.3.1, apply to the pairs (6, 38), (99, 98), and   (101, 100) when coded in Chapter C.   If active Control Change commands for controller numbers 6, 38, or   96-101 appear in the checkpoint history, and these commands are used   as general-purpose controllers, the most recent general-purpose   command instance for these controller numbers MUST appear as entries   in the Chapter C controller list.   MIDI syntax permits a source to use controllers 6, 38, 96, and 97 as   parameter-system controllers and general-purpose controllers in the   same stream.  An RTP MIDI sender MUST deduce the role of each Control   Change command for these controller numbers by noting the placement   of the command in the stream and MUST use this information to code   the command in Chapter C or Chapter M, as appropriate.   Specifically, active Control Change commands for controllers 6, 38,   96, and 97 act in a general-purpose way when     o  no active Control Change commands that set an RPN or NRPN        parameter number appear in the session history, or     o  the most recent active Control Change commands in the session        history that set an RPN or NRPN parameter number code the null        parameter (MSB value 0x7F, LSB value 0x7F), or     o  a Control Change command for controller number 121 (Reset All        Controllers) appears more recently in the session history than        all active Control Change commands that set an RPN or NRPN        parameter number (see [RP015] for details).   Finally, we note that a MIDI source that follows the recommendations   of [MIDI] exclusively uses numbers 98-101 as parameter system   controllers.  Alternatively, a MIDI source may exclusively use 98-101   as general-purpose controllers and lose the ability perform parameter   system transactions in a stream.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 61]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   In the language of [MIDI], the general-purpose use of controllers   98-101 constitutes a non-standard controller assignment.  As most   real-world MIDI sources use the standard controller assignment for   controller numbers 98-101, an RTP MIDI sender SHOULD assume these   controllers act as parameter system controllers, unless it knows that   a MIDI source uses controller numbers 98-101 in a general-purpose   way.A.4.  Chapter M: MIDI Parameter System   Readers may wish to review theAppendix A.1 definitions for   "C-active", "parameter system", "parameter system transaction", and   "initiated parameter system transaction" before reading this   appendix.   Chapter M protects parameter system transactions for Registered   Parameter Number (RPN) and Non-Registered Parameter Number (NRPN)   values.  Figure A.4.1 shows the format for Chapter M.       0                   1                   2                   3       0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |S|P|E|U|W|Z|      LENGTH       |Q|  PENDING    |  Log list ... |      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                  Figure A.4.1 -- Top-level Chapter M format   Chapter M begins with a 2-octet header.  If the P header bit is set   to 1, a 1-octet field follows the header, coding the 7-bit PENDING   value and its associated Q bit.   The 10-bit LENGTH field codes the size of Chapter M and conforms to   semantics described inAppendix A.1.   Chapter M ends with a list of zero or more variable-length parameter   logs.Appendix A.4.2 defines the bitfield format of a parameter log.Appendix A.4.1 defines the inclusion semantics of the log list.   A channel journal MUST contain Chapter M if the rules defined inAppendix A.4.1 require that one or more parameter logs appear in the   list.   A channel journal also MUST contain Chapter M if the most recent   C-active Control Change command involved in a parameter system   transaction in the checkpoint history is     o  an RPN MSB (101) or NRPN MSB (99) controller, orLazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 62]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006     o  an RPN LSB (100) or NRPN LSB (98) controller that completes the        coding of the null parameter (MSB value 0x7F, LSB value 0x7F).   This rule provides loss protection for partially transmitted   parameter numbers and for the null parameter numbers.   If the most recent C-active Control Change command involved in a   parameter system transaction in the session history is for the RPN   MSB or NRPN MSB controller, the P header bit MUST be set to 1, and   the PENDING field (and its associated Q bit) MUST follow the Chapter   M header.  Otherwise, the P header bit MUST be set to 0, and the   PENDING field and Q bit MUST NOT appear in Chapter M.   If PENDING codes an NRPN MSB, the Q bit MUST be set to 1.  If PENDING   codes an RPN MSB, the Q bit MUST be set to 0.   The E header bit codes the current transaction state of the MIDI   stream.  If E = 1, an initiated transaction is in progress.  Below,   we define the rules for setting the E header bit:     o  If no C-active parameter system transaction Control Change        commands appear in the session history, the E bit MUST be set to        0.     o  If the P header bit is set to 1, the E bit MUST be set to 0.     o  If the most recent C-active parameter system transaction Control        Change command in the session history is for the NRPN LSB or RPN        LSB controller number, and if this command acts to complete the        coding of the null parameter (MSB value 0x7F, LSB value 0x7F),        the E bit MUST be set to 0.     o  Otherwise, an initiated transaction is in progress, and the E        bit MUST be set to 1.   The U, W, and Z header bits code properties that are shared by all   parameter logs in the list.  If these properties are set, parameter   logs may be coded with improved efficiency (we explain how in A.4.1).   By default, the U, W, and Z bits MUST be set to 0.  If all parameter   logs in the list code RPN parameters, the U bit MAY be set to 1.  If   all parameter logs in the list code NRPN parameters, the W bit MAY be   set to 1.  If the parameter numbers of all RPN and NRPN logs in the   list lie in the range 0-127 (and thus have an MSB value of 0), the Z   bit MAY be set to 1.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 63]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   Note that C-active semantics appear in the preceding paragraphs   because [RP015] specifies that pending Parameter System transactions   are closed by a Control Change command for controller number 121   (Reset All Controllers).A.4.1.  Log Inclusion Rules   Parameter logs code recovery information for a specific RPN or NRPN   parameter.   A parameter log MUST appear in the list if an active Control Change   command that forms a part of an initiated transaction for the   parameter appears in the checkpoint history.   An exception to this rule applies if the checkpoint history only   contains transaction Control Change commands for controller numbers   98-101 that act to terminate the transaction.  In this case, a log   for the parameter MAY be omitted from the list.   A log MAY appear in the list if an active Control Change command that   forms a part of an initiated transaction for the parameter appears in   the session history.  Otherwise, a log for the parameter MUST NOT   appear in the list.   Multiple logs for the same RPN or NRPN parameter MUST NOT appear in   the log list.   The parameter log list MUST obey the oldest-first ordering rule   (defined inAppendix A.1), with the phrase "parameter transaction"   replacing the word "command" in the rule definition.   Parameter logs associated with the RPN or NRPN null parameter (LSB =   0x7F, MSB = 0x7F) MUST NOT appear in the log list.  Chapter M uses   the E header bit (Figure A.4.1) and the log list ordering rules to   code null parameter semantics.   Note that "active" semantics (rather than "C-active" semantics)   appear in the preceding paragraphs because [RP015] specifies that   pending Parameter System transactions are not reset by a Control   Change command for controller number 121 (Reset All Controllers).   However, the rule that follows uses C-active semantics, because it   concerns the protection of the transaction system itself, and [RP015]   specifies that Reset All Controllers acts to close a transaction in   progress.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 64]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   In most cases, parameter logs for RPN and NRPN parameters that are   assigned to the ch_never parameter (Appendix C.2.3) MAY be omitted   from the list.  An exception applies if     o  the log codes the most recent initiated transaction in the        session history, and     o  a C-active command that forms a part of the transaction appears        in the checkpoint history, and     o  the E header bit for the top-level Chapter M header (Figure        A.4.1) is set to 1.   In this case, a log for the parameter MUST appear in the list.  This   log informs receivers recovering from a loss that a transaction is in   progress, so that the receiver is able to correctly interpret RPN or   NRPN Control Change commands that follow the loss event.A.4.2.  Log Coding Rules   Figure A.4.2 shows the parameter log structure of Chapter M.       0                   1                   2                   3       0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 0 1      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |S|  PNUM-LSB   |Q|  PNUM-MSB   |J|K|L|M|N|T|V|R|   Fields ...  |      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                      Figure A.4.2 -- Parameter log format   The log begins with a header, whose default size (as shown in Figure   A.4.2) is 3 octets.  If the Q header bit is set to 0, the log encodes   an RPN parameter.  If Q = 1, the log encodes an NRPN parameter.  The   7-bit PNUM-MSB and PNUM-LSB fields code the parameter number and   reflect the Control Change command data values for controllers 99 and   98 (for NRPNs) or 101 and 100 (for RPNs).   The J, K, L, M, and N header bits form a Table of Contents (TOC) for   the log and signal the presence of fixed-sized fields that follow the   header.  A header bit that is set to 1 codes the presence of a field   in the log.  The ordering of fields in the log follows the ordering   of the header bits in the TOC.  Appendices A.4.2.1-2 define the   fields associated with each TOC header bit.   The T and V header bits code information about the parameter log but   are not part of the TOC.  A set T or V bit does not signal the   presence of any parameter log field.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 65]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   If the rules inAppendix A.4.1 state that a log for a given parameter   MUST appear in Chapter M, the log MUST code sufficient information to   protect the parameter from the loss of active parameter transaction   Control Change commands in the checkpoint history.   This rule does not apply if the parameter coded by the log is   assigned to the ch_never parameter (Appendix C.2.3).  In this case,   senders MAY choose to set the J, K, L, M, and N TOC bits to 0, coding   a parameter log with no fields.   Note that logs to protect parameters that are assigned to ch_never   are REQUIRED under certain conditions (seeAppendix A.4.1).  The   purpose of the log is to inform receivers recovering from a loss that   a transaction is in progress, so that the receiver is able to   correctly interpret RPN or NRPN Control Change commands that follow   the loss event.   Parameter logs provide two tools for parameter protection: the value   tool and the count tool.  Depending on the semantics of the   parameter, senders may use either tool, both tools, or neither tool   to protect a given parameter.   The value tool codes information a receiver may use to determine the   current value of an RPN or NRPN parameter.  If a parameter log uses   the value tool, the V header bit MUST be set to 1, and the semantics   defined in Appendices A.4.2.1 for setting the J, K, L, and M TOC bits   MUST be followed.  If a parameter log does not use the value tool,   the V bit MUST be set to 0, and the J, K, L, and M TOC bits MUST also   be set to 0.   The count tool codes the number of transactions for an RPN or NRPN   parameter.  If a parameter log uses the count tool, the T header bit   MUST be set to 1, and the semantics defined in Appendices A.4.2.2 for   setting the N TOC bit MUST be followed.  If a parameter log does not   use the count tool, the T bit and the N TOC bit MUST be set to 0.   Note that V and T are set if the sender uses value (V) or count (T)   tool for the log on an ongoing basis.  Thus, V may be set even if J =   K = L = M = 0, and T may be set even if N = 0.   In many cases, all parameters coded in the log list are of one type   (RPN and NRPN), and all parameter numbers lie in the range 0-127.  As   described inAppendix A.4.1, senders MAY signal this condition by   setting the top-level Chapter M header bit Z to 1 (to code the   restricted range) and by setting the U or W bit to 1 (to code the   parameter type).Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 66]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   If the top-level Chapter M header codes Z = 1 and either U = 1 or   W = 1, all logs in the parameter log list MUST use a modified header   format.  This modification deletes bits 8-15 of the bitfield shown in   Figure A.4.2, to yield a 2-octet header.  The values of the deleted   PNUM-MSB and Q fields may be inferred from the U, W, and Z bit   values.A.4.2.1.  The Value Tool   The value tool uses several fields to track the value of an RPN or   NRPN parameter.   The J TOC bit codes the presence of the octet shown in Figure A.4.3   in the field list.                             0                             0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7                            +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                            |X|  ENTRY-MSB  |                            +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                      Figure A.4.3 -- ENTRY-MSB field   The 7-bit ENTRY-MSB field codes the data value of the most recent   active Control Change command for controller number 6 (Data Entry   MSB) in the session history that appears in a transaction for the log   parameter.   The X bit MUST be set to 1 if the command coded by ENTRY-MSB precedes   the most recent Control Change command for controller 121 (Reset All   Controllers) in the session history.  Otherwise, the X bit MUST be   set to 0.   A parameter log that uses the value tool MUST include the ENTRY-MSB   field if an active Control Change command for controller number 6   appears in the checkpoint history.   Note that [RP015] specifies that Control Change commands for   controller 121 (Reset All Controllers) do not reset RPN and NRPN   values, and thus the X bit would not play a recovery role for MIDI   systems that comply with [RP015].   However, certain renderers (such as DLS 2 [DLS2]) specify that   certain RPN values are reset for some uses of Reset All Controllers.   The X bit (and other bitfield features of this nature in this   appendix) plays a role in recovery for renderers of this type.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 67]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   The K TOC bit codes the presence of the octet shown in Figure A.4.4   in the field list.                             0                             0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7                            +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                            |X|  ENTRY-LSB  |                            +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                      Figure A.4.4 -- ENTRY-LSB field   The 7-bit ENTRY-LSB field codes the data value of the most recent   active Control Change command for controller number 38 (Data Entry   LSB) in the session history that appears in a transaction for the log   parameter.   The X bit MUST be set to 1 if the command coded by ENTRY-LSB precedes   the most recent Control Change command for controller 121 (Reset All   Controllers) in the session history.  Otherwise, the X bit MUST be   set to 0.   As a rule, a parameter log that uses the value tool MUST include the   ENTRY-LSB field if an active Control Change command for controller   number 38 appears in the checkpoint history.  However, the ENTRY-LSB   field MUST NOT appear in a parameter log if the Control Change   command associated with the ENTRY-LSB precedes a Control Change   command for controller number 6 (Data Entry MSB) that appears in a   transaction for the log parameter in the session history.   The L TOC bit codes the presence of the octets shown in Figure A.4.5   in the field list.                       0                   1                       0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5                      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                      |G|X|       A-BUTTON            |                      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                       Figure A.4.5 -- A-BUTTON field   The 14-bit A-BUTTON field codes a count of the number of active   Control Change commands for controller numbers 96 and 97 (Data   Increment and Data Decrement) in the session history that appear in a   transaction for the log parameter.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 68]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   The M TOC bit codes the presence of the octets shown in Figure A.4.6   in the field list.                       0                   1                       0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5                      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                      |G|R|       C-BUTTON            |                      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                       Figure A.4.6 -- C-BUTTON field   The 14-bit C-BUTTON field has semantics identical to A-BUTTON, except   that Data Increment and Data Decrement Control Change commands that   precede the most recent Control Change command for controller 121   (Reset All Controllers) in the session history are not counted.   For both A-BUTTON and C-BUTTON, Data Increment and Data Decrement   Control Change commands are not counted if they precede Control   Changes commands for controller numbers 6 (Data Entry MSB) or 38   (Data Entry LSB) that appear in a transaction for the log parameter   in the session history.   The A-BUTTON and C-BUTTON fields are interpreted as unsigned   integers, and the G bit associated the field codes the sign of the   integer (G = 0 for positive or zero, G = 1 for negative).   To compute and code the count value, initialize the count value to 0,   add 1 for each qualifying Data Increment command, and subtract 1 for   each qualifying Data Decrement command.  After each add or subtract,   limit the count magnitude to 16383.  The G bit codes the sign of the   count, and the A-BUTTON or C-BUTTON field codes the count magnitude.   For the A-BUTTON field, if the most recent qualified Data Increment   or Data Decrement command precedes the most recent Control Change   command for controller 121 (Reset All Controllers) in the session   history, the X bit associated with A-BUTTON field MUST be set to 1.   Otherwise, the X bit MUST be set to 0.   A parameter log that uses the value tool MUST include the A-BUTTON   and C-BUTTON fields if an active Control Change command for   controller numbers 96 or 97 appears in the checkpoint history.   However, to improve coding efficiency, this rule has several   exceptions:     o  If the log includes the A-BUTTON field, and if the X bit of the        A-BUTTON field is set to 1, the C-BUTTON field (and its        associated R and G bits) MAY be omitted from the log.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 69]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006     o  If the log includes the A-BUTTON field, and if the A-BUTTON and        C-BUTTON fields (and their associated G bits) code identical        values, the C-BUTTON field (and its associated R and G bits) MAY        be omitted from the log.A.4.2.2.  The Count Tool   The count tool tracks the number of transactions for an RPN or NRPN   parameter.  The N TOC bit codes the presence of the octet shown in   Figure A.4.7 in the field list.                          0                          0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7                         +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                         |X|    COUNT    |                         +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                     Figure A.4.7 -- COUNT field   The 7-bit COUNT codes the number of initiated transactions for the   log parameter that appear in the session history.  Initiated   transactions are counted if they contain one or more active Control   Change commands, including commands for controllers 98-101 that   initiate the parameter transaction.   If the most recent counted transaction precedes the most recent   Control Change command for controller 121 (Reset All Controllers) in   the session history, the X bit associated with the COUNT field MUST   be set to 1.  Otherwise, the X bit MUST be set to 0.   Transaction counting is performed modulo 128.  The transaction count   is set to 0 at the start of a session and is reset to 0 whenever a   Reset State command (Appendix A.1) appears in the session history.   A parameter log that uses the count tool MUST include the COUNT field   if an active command that increments the transaction count (modulo   128) appears in the checkpoint history.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 70]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006A.5.  Chapter W: MIDI Pitch Wheel   A channel journal MUST contain Chapter W if a C-active MIDI Pitch   Wheel (0xE) command appears in the checkpoint history.  Figure A.5.1   shows the format for Chapter W.                       0                   1                       0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5                      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                      |S|     FIRST   |R|    SECOND   |                      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                      Figure A.5.1 -- Chapter W format   The chapter has a fixed size of 16 bits.  The FIRST and SECOND fields   are the 7-bit values of the first and second data octets of the most   recent active Pitch Wheel command in the session history.   Note that Chapter W encodes C-active commands and thus does not   encode active commands that are not C-active (see the second-to-last   paragraph ofAppendix A.1 for an explanation of chapter inclusion   text in this regard).   Chapter W does not encode "active but not C-active" commands because   [RP015] declares that Control Change commands for controller number   121 (Reset All Controllers) act to reset the Pitch Wheel value to 0.   If Chapter W encoded "active but not C-active" commands, a repair   operation following a Reset All Controllers command could incorrectly   repair the stream with a stale Pitch Wheel value.A.6.  Chapter N: MIDI NoteOff and NoteOn   In this appendix, we consider NoteOn commands with zero velocity to   be NoteOff commands.  Readers may wish to review theAppendix A.1   definition of "N-active commands" before reading this appendix.   Chapter N completely protects note commands in streams that alternate   between NoteOn and NoteOff commands for a particular note number.   However, in rare applications, multiple overlapping NoteOn commands   may appear for a note number.  Chapter E, described inAppendix A.7,   augments Chapter N to completely protect these streams.   A channel journal MUST contain Chapter N if an N-active MIDI NoteOn   (0x9) or NoteOff (0x8) command appears in the checkpoint history.   Figure A.6.1 shows the format for Chapter N.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 71]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006       0                   1                   2                   3       0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 0 1      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |B|     LEN     |  LOW  | HIGH  |S|   NOTENUM   |Y|  VELOCITY   |      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |S|   NOTENUM   |Y|  VELOCITY   |             ....              |      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |    OFFBITS    |    OFFBITS    |     ....      |    OFFBITS    |      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                      Figure A.6.1 -- Chapter N format   Chapter N consists of a 2-octet header, followed by at least one of   the following data structures:      o A list of note logs to code NoteOn commands.      o A NoteOff bitfield structure to code NoteOff commands.   We define the header bitfield semantics inAppendix A.6.1.  We define   the note log semantics and the NoteOff bitfield semantics inAppendixA.6.2.   If one or more N-active NoteOn or NoteOff commands in the checkpoint   history reference a note number, the note number MUST be coded in   either the note log list or the NoteOff bitfield structure.   The note log list MUST contain an entry for all note numbers whose   most recent checkpoint history appearance is in an N-active NoteOn   command.  The NoteOff bitfield structure MUST contain a set bit for   all note numbers whose most recent checkpoint history appearance is   in an N-active NoteOff command.   A note number MUST NOT be coded in both structures.   All note logs and NoteOff bitfield set bits MUST code the most recent   N-active NoteOn or NoteOff reference to a note number in the session   history.   The note log list MUST obey the oldest-first ordering rule (defined   inAppendix A.1).Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 72]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006A.6.1.  Header Structure   The header for Chapter N, shown in Figure A.6.2, codes the size of   the note list and bitfield structures.                       0                   1                       0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5                      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                      |B|     LEN     |  LOW  | HIGH  |                      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                      Figure A.6.2 -- Chapter N header   The LEN field, a 7-bit integer value, codes the number of 2-octet   note logs in the note list.  Zero is a valid value for LEN and codes   an empty note list.   The 4-bit LOW and HIGH fields code the number of OFFBITS octets that   follow the note log list.  LOW and HIGH are unsigned integer values.   If LOW <= HIGH, there are (HIGH - LOW + 1) OFFBITS octets in the   chapter.  The value pairs (LOW = 15, HIGH = 0) and (LOW = 15, HIGH =   1) code an empty NoteOff bitfield structure (i.e., no OFFBITS   octets).  Other (LOW > HIGH) value pairs MUST NOT appear in the   header.   The B bit provides S-bit functionality (Appendix A.1) for the NoteOff   bitfield structure.  By default, the B bit MUST be set to 1.   However, if the MIDI command section of the previous packet (packet I   - 1, with I as defined inAppendix A.1) includes a NoteOff command   for the channel, the B bit MUST be set to 0.  If the B bit is set to   0, the higher-level recovery journal elements that contain Chapter N   MUST have S bits that are set to 0, including the top-level journal   header.   The LEN value of 127 codes a note list length of 127 or 128 note   logs, depending on the values of LOW and HIGH.  If LEN = 127, LOW =   15, and HIGH = 0, the note list holds 128 note logs, and the NoteOff   bitfield structure is empty.  For other values of LOW and HIGH, LEN =   127 codes that the note list contains 127 note logs.  In this case,   the chapter has (HIGH - LOW + 1) NoteOff OFFBITS octets if LOW <=   HIGH and has no OFFBITS octets if LOW = 15 and HIGH = 1.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 73]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006A.6.2.  Note Structures   Figure A.6.3 shows the 2-octet note log structure.                       0                   1                       0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5                      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                      |S|   NOTENUM   |Y|  VELOCITY   |                      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                     Figure A.6.3 -- Chapter N note log   The 7-bit NOTENUM field codes the note number for the log.  A note   number MUST NOT be represented by multiple note logs in the note   list.   The 7-bit VELOCITY field codes the velocity value for the most recent   N-active NoteOn command for the note number in the session history.   Multiple overlapping NoteOns for a given note number may be coded   using Chapter E, as discussed inAppendix A.7.   VELOCITY is never zero; NoteOn commands with zero velocity are coded   as NoteOff commands in the NoteOff bitfield structure.   The note log does not code the execution time of the NoteOn command.   However, the Y bit codes a hint from the sender about the NoteOn   execution time.  The Y bit codes a recommendation to play (Y = 1) or   skip (Y = 0) the NoteOn command recovered from the note log.  SeeSection 4.2 of [RFC4696] for non-normative guidance on the use of the   Y bit.   Figure A.6.1 shows the NoteOff bitfield structure, as the list of   OFFBITS octets at the end of the chapter.  A NoteOff OFFBITS octet   codes NoteOff information for eight consecutive MIDI note numbers,   with the most-significant bit representing the lowest note number.   The most-significant bit of the first OFFBITS octet codes the note   number 8*LOW; the most-significant bit of the last OFFBITS octet   codes the note number 8*HIGH.   A set bit codes a NoteOff command for the note number.  In the most   efficient coding for the NoteOff bitfield structure, the first and   last octets of the structure contain at least one set bit.  Note that   Chapter N does not code NoteOff velocity data.   Note that in the general case, the recovery journal does not code the   relative placement of a NoteOff command and a Change Control command   for controller 64 (Damper Pedal (Sustain)).  In many cases, a   receiver processing a loss event may deduce this relative placementLazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 74]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   from the history of the stream and thus determine if a NoteOff note   is sustained by the pedal.  If such a determination is not possible,   receivers SHOULD err on the side of silencing pedal sustains, as   erroneously sustained notes may produce unpleasant (albeit transient)   artifacts.A.7.  Chapter E: MIDI Note Command Extras   Readers may wish to review theAppendix A.1 definition of "N-active   commands" before reading this appendix.  In this appendix, a NoteOn   command with a velocity of 0 is considered to be a NoteOff command   with a release velocity value of 64.   Chapter E encodes recovery information about MIDI NoteOn (0x9) and   NoteOff (0x8) command features that rarely appear in MIDI streams.   Receivers use Chapter E to reduce transient artifacts for streams   where several NoteOn commands appear for a note number without an   intervening NoteOff.  Receivers also use Chapter E to reduce   transient artifacts for streams that use NoteOff release velocity.   Chapter E supplements the note information coded in Chapter N   (Appendix A.6).   Figure A.7.1 shows the format for Chapter E.       0                   1                   2                   3       0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 0 1      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |S|     LEN     |S|   NOTENUM   |V|  COUNT/VEL  |S|  NOTENUM    |      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |V|  COUNT/VEL  |  ....                                         |      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                       Figure A.7.1 -- Chapter E format   The chapter consists of a 1-octet header, followed by a variable-   length list of 2-octet note logs.Appendix A.7.1 defines the   bitfield format for a note log.   The log list MUST contain at least one note log.  The 7-bit LEN   header field codes the number of note logs in the list, minus one.  A   channel journal MUST contain Chapter E if the rules defined in this   appendix require that one or more note logs appear in the list.  The   note log list MUST obey the oldest-first ordering rule (defined inAppendix A.1).Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 75]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006A.7.1.  Note Log Format   Figure A.7.2 reproduces the note log structure of Chapter E.                       0                   1                       0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5                      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                      |S|   NOTENUM   |V|  COUNT/VEL  |                      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                      Figure A.7.2 -- Chapter E note log   A note log codes information about the MIDI note number coded by the   7-bit NOTENUM field.  The nature of the information depends on the   value of the V flag bit.   If the V bit is set to 1, the COUNT/VEL field codes the release   velocity value for the most recent N-active NoteOff command for the   note number that appears in the session history.   If the V bit is set to 0, the COUNT/VEL field codes a reference count   of the number of NoteOn and NoteOff commands for the note number that   appear in the session history.   The reference count is set to 0 at the start of the session.  NoteOn   commands increment the count by 1.  NoteOff commands decrement the   count by 1.  However, a decrement that generates a negative count   value is not performed.   If the reference count is in the range 0-126, the 7-bit COUNT/VEL   field codes an unsigned integer representation of the count.  If the   count is greater than or equal to 127, COUNT/VEL is set to 127.   By default, the count is reset to 0 whenever a Reset State command   (Appendix A.1) appears in the session history, and whenever MIDI   Control Change commands for controller numbers 123-127 (numbers with   All Notes Off semantics) or 120 (All Sound Off) appear in the session   history.A.7.2.  Log Inclusion Rules   If the most recent N-active NoteOn or NoteOff command for a note   number in the checkpoint history is a NoteOff command with a release   velocity value other than 64, a note log whose V bit is set to 1 MUST   appear in Chapter E for the note number.   If the most recent N-active NoteOn or NoteOff command for a note   number in the checkpoint history is a NoteOff command, and if theLazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 76]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   reference count for the note number is greater than 0, a note log   whose V bit is set to 0 MUST appear in Chapter E for the note number.   If the most recent N-active NoteOn or NoteOff command for a note   number in the checkpoint history is a NoteOn command, and if the   reference count for the note number is greater than 1, a note log   whose V bit is set to 0 MUST appear in Chapter E for the note number.   At most, two note logs MAY appear in Chapter E for a note number: one   log whose V bit is set to 0, and one log whose V bit is set to 1.   Chapter E codes a maximum of 128 note logs.  If the log inclusion   rules yield more than 128 REQUIRED logs, note logs whose V bit is set   to 1 MUST be dropped from Chapter E in order to reach the 128-log   limit.  Note logs whose V bit is set to 0 MUST NOT be dropped.   Most MIDI streams do not use NoteOn and NoteOff commands in ways that   would trigger the log inclusion rules.  For these streams, Chapter E   would never be REQUIRED to appear in a channel journal.   The ch_never parameter (Appendix C.2.3) may be used to configure the   log inclusion rules for Chapter E.A.8.  Chapter T: MIDI Channel Aftertouch   A channel journal MUST contain Chapter T if an N-active and C-active   MIDI Channel Aftertouch (0xD) command appears in the checkpoint   history.  Figure A.8.1 shows the format for Chapter T.                             0                             0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7                            +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                            |S|   PRESSURE  |                            +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                      Figure A.8.1 -- Chapter T format   The chapter has a fixed size of 8 bits.  The 7-bit PRESSURE field   holds the pressure value of the most recent N-active and C-active   Channel Aftertouch command in the session history.   Chapter T only encodes commands that are C-active and N-active.  We   define a C-active restriction because [RP015] declares that a Control   Change command for controller 121 (Reset All Controllers) acts to   reset the channel pressure to 0 (see the discussion at the end ofAppendix A.5 for a more complete rationale).Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 77]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   We define an N-active restriction on the assumption that aftertouch   commands are linked to note activity, and thus Channel Aftertouch   commands that are not N-active are stale and should not be used to   repair a stream.A.9.  Chapter A: MIDI Poly Aftertouch   A channel journal MUST contain Chapter A if a C-active Poly   Aftertouch (0xA) command appears in the checkpoint history.  Figure   A.9.1 shows the format for Chapter A.       0                   1                   2                   3       0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 0 1      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |S|    LEN      |S|   NOTENUM   |X|  PRESSURE   |S|   NOTENUM   |      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |X|  PRESSURE   |  ....                                         |      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                       Figure A.9.1 -- Chapter A format   The chapter consists of a 1-octet header, followed by a variable-   length list of 2-octet note logs.  A note log MUST appear for a note   number if a C-active Poly Aftertouch command for the note number   appears in the checkpoint history.  A note number MUST NOT be   represented by multiple note logs in the note list.  The note log   list MUST obey the oldest-first ordering rule (defined inAppendixA.1).   The 7-bit LEN field codes the number of note logs in the list, minus   one.  Figure A.9.2 reproduces the note log structure of Chapter A.                       0                   1                       0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5                      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                      |S|   NOTENUM   |X|  PRESSURE   |                      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                      Figure A.9.2 -- Chapter A note log   The 7-bit PRESSURE field codes the pressure value of the most recent   C-active Poly Aftertouch command in the session history for the MIDI   note number coded in the 7-bit NOTENUM field.   As a rule, the X bit MUST be set to 0.  However, the X bit MUST be   set to 1 if the command coded by the log appears before one of the   following commands in the session history: MIDI Control ChangeLazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 78]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   numbers 123-127 (numbers with All Notes Off semantics) or 120 (All   Sound Off).   We define C-active restrictions for Chapter A because [RP015]   declares that a Control Change command for controller 121 (Reset All   Controllers) acts to reset the polyphonic pressure to 0 (see the   discussion at the end ofAppendix A.5 for a more complete rationale).B.  The Recovery Journal System ChaptersB.1.  System Chapter D: Simple System Commands   The system journal MUST contain Chapter D if an active MIDI Reset   (0xFF), MIDI Tune Request (0xF6), MIDI Song Select (0xF3), undefined   MIDI System Common (0xF4 and 0xF5), or undefined MIDI System Real-   time (0xF9 and 0xFD) command appears in the checkpoint history.   Figure B.1.1 shows the variable-length format for Chapter D.       0                   1                   2                   3       0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |S|B|G|H|J|K|Y|Z|  Command logs ...                             |      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                  Figure B.1.1 -- System Chapter D format   The chapter consists of a 1-octet header, followed by one or more   command logs.  Header flag bits indicate the presence of command logs   for the Reset (B = 1), Tune Request (G = 1), Song Select (H = 1),   undefined System Common 0xF4 (J = 1), undefined System Common 0xF5 (K   = 1), undefined System Real-time 0xF9 (Y = 1), or undefined System   Real-time 0xFD (Z = 1) commands.   Command logs appear in a list following the header, in the order that   the flag bits appear in the header.   Figure B.1.2 shows the 1-octet command log format for the Reset and   Tune Request commands.                            0                            0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7                           +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                           |S|    COUNT    |                           +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+             Figure B.1.2 -- Command log for Reset and Tune RequestLazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 79]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   Chapter D MUST contain the Reset command log if an active Reset   command appears in the checkpoint history.  The 7-bit COUNT field   codes the total number of Reset commands (modulo 128) present in the   session history.   Chapter D MUST contain the Tune Request command log if an active Tune   Request command appears in the checkpoint history.  The 7-bit COUNT   field codes the total number of Tune Request commands (modulo 128)   present in the session history.   For these commands, the COUNT field acts as a reference count.  See   the definition of "session history reference counts" inAppendix A.1   for more information.   Figure B.1.3 shows the 1-octet command log format for the Song Select   command.                               0                               0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7                              +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                              |S|    VALUE    |                              +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                 Figure B.1.3 -- Song Select command log format   Chapter D MUST contain the Song Select command log if an active Song   Select command appears in the checkpoint history.  The 7-bit VALUE   field codes the song number of the most recent active Song Select   command in the session history.B.1.1.  Undefined System Commands   In this section, we define the Chapter D command logs for the   undefined System commands.  [MIDI] reserves the undefined System   commands 0xF4, 0xF5, 0xF9, and 0xFD for future use.  At the time of   this writing, any MIDI command stream that uses these commands is   non-compliant with [MIDI].  However, future versions of [MIDI] may   define these commands, and a few products do use these commands in a   non-compliant manner.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 80]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   Figure B.1.4 shows the variable-length command log format for the   undefined System Common commands (0xF4 and 0xF5).       0                   1                   2                   3       0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |S|C|V|L|DSZ|      LENGTH       |    COUNT      |  VALUE ...    |      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |  LEGAL ...                                                    |      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+          Figure B.1.4 -- Undefined System Common command log format   The command log codes a single command type (0xF4 or 0xF5, not both).   Chapter D MUST contain a command log if an active 0xF4 command   appears in the checkpoint history and MUST contain an independent   command log if an active 0xF5 command appears in the checkpoint   history.   Chapter D consists of a two-octet header followed by a variable   number of data fields.  Header flag bits indicate the presence of the   COUNT field (C = 1), the VALUE field (V = 1), and the LEGAL field (L   = 1).  The 10-bit LENGTH field codes the size of the command log and   conforms to semantics described inAppendix A.1.   The 2-bit DSZ field codes the number of data octets in the command   instance that appears most recently in the session history.  If DSZ =   0-2, the command has 0-2 data octets.  If DSZ = 3, the command has 3   or more command data octets.   We now define the default rules for the use of the COUNT, VALUE, and   LEGAL fields.  The session configuration tools defined inAppendixC.2.3 may be used to override this behavior.   By default, if the DSZ field is set to 0, the command log MUST   include the COUNT field.  The 8-bit COUNT field codes the total   number of commands of the type coded by the log (0xF4 or 0xF5)   present in the session history, modulo 256.   By default, if the DSZ field is set to 1-3, the command log MUST   include the VALUE field.  The variable-length VALUE field codes a   verbatim copy the data octets for the most recent use of the command   type coded by the log (0xF4 or 0xF5) in the session history.  The   most-significant bit of the final data octet MUST be set to 1, and   the most-significant bit of all other data octets MUST be set to 0.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 81]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   The LEGAL field is reserved for future use.  If an update to [MIDI]   defines the 0xF4 or 0xF5 command, an IETF standards-track document   may define the LEGAL field.  Until such a document appears, senders   MUST NOT use the LEGAL field, and receivers MUST use the LENGTH field   to skip over the LEGAL field.  The LEGAL field would be defined by   the IETF if the semantics of the new 0xF4 or 0xF5 command could not   be protected from packet loss via the use of the COUNT and VALUE   fields.   Figure B.1.5 shows the variable-length command log format for the   undefined System Real-time commands (0xF9 and 0xFD).       0                   1                   2                   3       0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |S|C|L| LENGTH  |     COUNT     |  LEGAL ...                    |      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+        Figure B.1.5 -- Undefined System Real-time command log format   The command log codes a single command type (0xF9 or 0xFD, not both).   Chapter D MUST contain a command log if an active 0xF9 command   appears in the checkpoint history and MUST contain an independent   command log if an active 0xFD command appears in the checkpoint   history.   Chapter D consists of a one-octet header followed by a variable   number of data fields.  Header flag bits indicate the presence of the   COUNT field (C = 1) and the LEGAL field (L = 1).  The 5-bit LENGTH   field codes the size of the command log and conforms to semantics   described inAppendix A.1.   We now define the default rules for the use of the COUNT and LEGAL   fields.  The session configuration tools defined inAppendix C.2.3   may be used to override this behavior.   The 8-bit COUNT field codes the total number of commands of the type   coded by the log present in the session history, modulo 256.  By   default, the COUNT field MUST be present in the command log.   The LEGAL field is reserved for future use.  If an update to [MIDI]   defines the 0xF9 or 0xFD command, an IETF standards-track document   may define the LEGAL field to protect the command.  Until such a   document appears, senders MUST NOT use the LEGAL field, and receivers   MUST use the LENGTH field to skip over the LEGAL field.  The LEGAL   field would be defined by the IETF if the semantics of the new 0xF9   or 0xFD command could not be protected from packet loss via the use   of the COUNT field.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 82]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   Finally, we note that some non-standard uses of the undefined System   Real-time commands act to implement non-compliant variants of the   MIDI sequencer system.  InAppendix B.3.1, we describe resiliency   tools for the MIDI sequencer system that provide some protection in   this case.B.2.  System Chapter V: Active Sense Command   The system journal MUST contain Chapter V if an active MIDI Active   Sense (0xFE) command appears in the checkpoint history.  Figure B.2.1   shows the format for Chapter V.                               0                               0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7                              +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                              |S|    COUNT    |                              +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                     Figure B.2.1 -- System Chapter V format   The 7-bit COUNT field codes the total number of Active Sense commands   (modulo 128) present in the session history.  The COUNT field acts as   a reference count.  See the definition of "session history reference   counts" inAppendix A.1 for more information.B.3.  System Chapter Q: Sequencer State Commands   This appendix describes Chapter Q, the system chapter for the MIDI   sequencer commands.   The system journal MUST contain Chapter Q if an active MIDI Song   Position Pointer (0xF2), MIDI Clock (0xF8), MIDI Start (0xFA), MIDI   Continue (0xFB), or MIDI Stop (0xFC) command appears in the   checkpoint history, and if the rules defined in this appendix require   a change in the Chapter Q bitfield contents because of the command   appearance.   Figure B.3.1 shows the variable-length format for Chapter Q.       0                   1                   2                   3       0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |S|N|D|C|T| TOP |            CLOCK              | TIMETOOLS ... |      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |              ...              |      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                    Figure B.3.1 -- System Chapter Q formatLazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 83]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   Chapter Q consists of a 1-octet header followed by several optional   fields, in the order shown in Figure B.3.1.   Header flag bits signal the presence of the 16-bit CLOCK field (C =   1) and the 24-bit TIMETOOLS field (T = 1).  The 3-bit TOP header   field is interpreted as an unsigned integer, as are CLOCK and   TIMETOOLS.  We describe the TIMETOOLS field inAppendix B.3.1.   Chapter Q encodes the most recent state of the sequencer system.   Receivers use the chapter to re-synchronize the sequencer after a   packet loss episode.  Chapter fields encode the on/off state of the   sequencer, the current position in the song, and the downbeat.   The N header bit encodes the relative occurrence of the Start, Stop,   and Continue commands in the session history.  If an active Start or   Continue command appears most recently, the N bit MUST be set to 1.   If an active Stop appears most recently, or if no active Start, Stop,   or Continue commands appear in the session history, the N bit MUST be   set to 0.   The C header flag, the TOP header field, and the CLOCK field act to   code the current position in the sequence:     o  If C = 1, the 3-bit TOP header field and the 16-bit CLOCK field        are combined to form the 19-bit unsigned quantity 65536*TOP +        CLOCK.  This value encodes the song position in units of MIDI        Clocks (24 clocks per quarter note), modulo 524288.  Note that        the maximum song position value that may be coded by the Song        Position Pointer command is 98303 clocks (which may be coded        with 17 bits), and that MIDI-coded songs are generally        constructed to avoid durations longer than this value.  However,        the 19-bit size may be useful for real-time applications, such        as a drum machine MIDI output that is sending clock commands for        long periods of time.     o  If C = 0, the song position is the start of the song.  The C = 0        position is identical to the position coded by C = 1, TOP = 0,        and CLOCK = 0, for the case where the song position is less than        524288 MIDI clocks.  In certain situations (defined later in        this section), normative text may require the C = 0 or the C =        1, TOP = 0, CLOCK = 0 encoding of the start of the song.   The C, TOP, and CLOCK fields MUST be set to code the current song   position, for both N = 0 and N = 1 conditions.  If C = 0, the TOP   field MUST be set to 0.  See [MIDI] for a precise definition of a   song position.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 84]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   The D header bit encodes information about the downbeat and acts to   qualify the song position coded by the C, TOP, and CLOCK fields.   If the D bit is set to 1, the song position represents the most   recent position in the sequence that has played.  If D = 1, the next   Clock command (if N = 1) or the next (Continue, Clock) pair (if   N = 0) acts to increment the song position by one clock, and to play   the updated position.   If the D bit is set to 0, the song position represents a position in   the sequence that has not yet been played.  If D = 0, the next Clock   command (if N = 1) or the next (Continue, Clock) pair (if N = 0) acts   to play the point in the song coded by the song position.  The song   position is not incremented.   An example of a stream that uses D = 0 coding is one whose most   recent sequence command is a Start or Song Position Pointer command   (both N = 1 conditions).  However, it is also possible to construct   examples where D = 0 and N = 0.  A Start command immediately followed   by a Stop command is coded in Chapter Q by setting C = 0, D = 0,   N = 0, TOP = 0.   If N = 1 (coding Start or Continue), D = 0 (coding that the downbeat   has yet to be played), and the song position is at the start of the   song, the C = 0 song position encoding MUST be used if a Start   command occurs more recently than a Continue command in the session   history, and the C = 1, TOP = 0, CLOCK = 0 song position encoding   MUST be used if a Continue command occurs more recently than a Start   command in the session history.B.3.1.  Non-compliant Sequencers   The Chapter Q description in this appendix assumes that the sequencer   system counts off time with Clock commands, as mandated in [MIDI].   However, a few non-compliant products do not use Clock commands to   count off time, but instead use non-standard methods.   Chapter Q uses the TIMETOOLS field to provide resiliency support for   these non-standard products.  By default, the TIMETOOLS field MUST   NOT appear in Chapter Q, and the T header bit MUST be set to 0.  The   session configuration tools described inAppendix C.2.3 may be used   to select TIMETOOLS coding.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 85]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   Figure B.3.2 shows the format of the 24-bit TIMETOOLS field.                0                   1                   2                0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3               +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+               |                   TIME                        |               +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                       Figure B.3.2 -- TIMETOOLS format   The TIME field is a 24-bit unsigned integer quantity, with units of   milliseconds.  TIME codes an additive correction term for the song   position coded by the TOP, CLOCK, and C fields.  TIME is coded in   network byte order (big-endian).   A receiver computes the correct song position by converting TIME into   units of MIDI clocks and adding it to 65536*TOP + CLOCK (assuming   C = 1).  Alternatively, a receiver may convert 65536*TOP + CLOCK into   milliseconds (assuming C = 1) and add it to TIME.  The downbeat (D   header bit) semantics defined inAppendix B.3 apply to the corrected   song position.B.4.  System Chapter F: MIDI Time Code Tape Position   This appendix describes Chapter F, the system chapter for the MIDI   Time Code (MTC) commands.  Readers may wish to review theAppendixA.1 definition of "finished/unfinished commands" before reading this   appendix.   The system journal MUST contain Chapter F if an active System Common   Quarter Frame command (0xF1) or an active finished System Exclusive   (Universal Real Time) MTC Full Frame command (F0 7F cc 01 01 hr mn sc   fr F7) appears in the checkpoint history.  Otherwise, the system   journal MUST NOT contain Chapter F.   Figure B.4.1 shows the variable-length format for Chapter F.       0                   1                   2                   3       0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |S|C|P|Q|D|POINT|  COMPLETE ...                                 |      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |     ...       |  PARTIAL  ...                                 |      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |     ...       |      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                    Figure B.4.1 -- System Chapter F formatLazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 86]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   Chapter F holds information about recent MTC tape positions coded in   the session history.  Receivers use Chapter F to re-synchronize the   MTC system after a packet loss episode.   Chapter F consists of a 1-octet header followed by several optional   fields, in the order shown in Figure B.4.1.  The C and P header bits   form a Table of Contents (TOC) and signal the presence of the 32-bit   COMPLETE field (C = 1) and the 32-bit PARTIAL field (P = 1).   The Q header bit codes information about the COMPLETE field format.   If Chapter F does not contain a COMPLETE field, Q MUST be set to 0.   The D header bit codes the tape movement direction.  If the tape is   moving forward, or if the tape direction is indeterminate, the D bit   MUST be set to 0.  If the tape is moving in the reverse direction,   the D bit MUST be set to 1.  In most cases, the ordering of commands   in the session history clearly defines the tape direction.  However,   a few command sequences have an indeterminate direction (such as a   session history consisting of one Full Frame command).   The 3-bit POINT header field is interpreted as an unsigned integer.Appendix B.4.1 defines how the POINT field codes information about   the contents of the PARTIAL field.  If Chapter F does not contain a   PARTIAL field, POINT MUST be set to 7 (if D = 0) or 0 (if D = 1).   Chapter F MUST include the COMPLETE field if an active finished Full   Frame command appears in the checkpoint history, or if an active   Quarter Frame command that completes the encoding of a frame value   appears in the checkpoint history.   The COMPLETE field encodes the most recent active complete MTC frame   value that appears in the session history.  This frame value may take   the form of a series of 8 active Quarter Frame commands (0xF1 0x0n   through 0xF1 0x7n for forward tape movement, 0xF1 0x7n through 0xF1   0x0n for reverse tape movement) or may take the form of an active   finished Full Frame command.   If the COMPLETE field encodes a Quarter Frame command series, the Q   header bit MUST be set to 1, and the COMPLETE field MUST have the   format shown in Figure B.4.2.  The 4-bit fields MT0 through MT7 code   the data (lower) nibble for the Quarter Frame commands for Message   Type 0 through Message Type 7 [MIDI].  These nibbles encode a   complete frame value, in addition to fields reserved for future use   by [MIDI].Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 87]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006       0                   1                   2                   3       0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |  MT0  |  MT1  |  MT2  |  MT3  |  MT4  |  MT5  |  MT6  |  MT7  |      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+              Figure B.4.2 -- COMPLETE field format, Q = 1   In this usage, the frame value encoded in the COMPLETE field MUST be   offset by 2 frames (relative to the frame value encoded in the   Quarter Frame commands) if the frame value codes a 0xF1 0x0n through   0xF1 0x7n command sequence.  This offset compensates for the two-   frame latency of the Quarter Frame encoding for forward tape   movement.  No offset is applied if the frame value codes a 0xF1 0x7n   through 0xF1 0x0n Quarter Frame command sequence.   The most recent active complete MTC frame value may alternatively be   encoded by an active finished Full Frame command.  In this case, the   Q header bit MUST be set to 0, and the COMPLETE field MUST have   format shown in Figure B.4.3.  The HR, MN, SC, and FR fields   correspond to the hr, mn, sc, and fr data octets of the Full Frame   command.       0                   1                   2                   3       0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |      HR       |      MN       |      SC       |      FR       |      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+              Figure B.4.3 -- COMPLETE field format, Q = 0B.4.1.  Partial Frames   The most recent active session history command that encodes MTC frame   value data may be a Quarter Frame command other than a forward-moving   0xF1 0x7n command (which completes a frame value for forward tape   movement) or a reverse-moving 0xF1 0x1n command (which completes a   frame value for reverse tape movement).   We consider this type of Quarter Frame command to be associated with   a partial frame value.  The Quarter Frame sequence that defines a   partial frame value MUST either start at Message Type 0 and increment   contiguously to an intermediate Message Type less than 7, or start at   Message Type 7 and decrement contiguously to an intermediate Message   type greater than 0.  A Quarter Frame command sequence that does not   follow this pattern is not associated with a partial frame value.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 88]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   Chapter F MUST include a PARTIAL field if the most recent active   command in the checkpoint history that encodes MTC frame value data   is a Quarter Frame command that is associated with a partial frame   value.  Otherwise, Chapter F MUST NOT include a PARTIAL field.   The partial frame value consists of the data (lower) nibbles of the   Quarter Frame command sequence.  The PARTIAL field codes the partial   frame value, using the format shown in Figure B.4.2.  Message Type   fields that are not associated with a Quarter Frame command MUST be   set to 0.   The POINT header field indicates the Message Type fields in the   PARTIAL field code valid data.  If P = 1, the POINT field MUST encode   the unsigned integer value formed by the lower 3 bits of the upper   nibble of the data value of the most recent active Quarter Frame   command in the session history.  If D = 0 and P = 1, POINT MUST take   on a value in the range 0-6.  If D = 1 and P = 1, POINT MUST take on   a value in the range 1-7.   If D = 0, MT fields (Figure B.4.2) in the inclusive range from 0 up   to and including the POINT value encode the partial frame value.  If   D = 1, MT fields in the inclusive range from 7 down to and including   the POINT value encode the partial frame value.  Note that, unlike   the COMPLETE field encoding, senders MUST NOT add a 2-frame offset to   the partial frame value encoded in PARTIAL.   For the default semantics, if a recovery journal contains Chapter F,   and if the session history codes a legal [MIDI] series of Quarter   Frame and Full Frame commands, the chapter always contains a COMPLETE   or a PARTIAL field (and may contain both fields).  Thus, a one-octet   Chapter F (C = P = 0) always codes the presence of an illegal command   sequence in the session history (under some conditions, the C = 1,   P = 0 condition may also code the presence of an illegal command   sequence).  The illegal command sequence conditions are transient in   nature and usually indicate that a Quarter Frame command sequence   began with an intermediate Message Type.B.5.  System Chapter X: System Exclusive   This appendix describes Chapter X, the system chapter for MIDI System   Exclusive (SysEx) commands (0xF0).  Readers may wish to review theAppendix A.1 definition of "finished/unfinished commands" before   reading this appendix.   Chapter X consists of a list of one or more command logs.  Each log   in the list codes information about a specific finished or unfinished   SysEx command that appears in the session history.  The systemLazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 89]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   journal MUST contain Chapter X if the rules defined inAppendix B.5.2   require that one or more logs appear in the list.   The log list is not preceded by a header.  Instead, each log   implicitly encodes its own length.  Given the length of the N'th list   log, the presence of the (N+1)'th list log may be inferred from the   LENGTH field of the system journal header (Figure 10 inSection 5 of   the main text).  The log list MUST obey the oldest-first ordering   rule (defined inAppendix A.1).B.5.1.  Chapter Format   Figure B.5.1 shows the bitfield format for the Chapter X command log.       0                   1                   2                   3       0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |S|T|C|F|D|L|STA|    TCOUNT     |     COUNT     |  FIRST ...    |      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |  DATA ...                                                     |      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                 Figure B.5.1 -- Chapter X command log format   A Chapter X command log consists of a 1-octet header, followed by the   optional TCOUNT, COUNT, FIRST, and DATA fields.   The T, C, F, and D header bits act as a Table of Contents (TOC) for   the log.  If T is set to 1, the 1-octet TCOUNT field appears in the   log.  If C is set to 1, the 1-octet COUNT field appears in the log.   If F is set to 1, the variable-length FIRST field appears in the log.   If D is set to 1, the variable-length DATA field appears in the log.   The L header bit sets the coding tool for the log.  We define the log   coding tools inAppendix B.5.2.   The STA field codes the status of the command coded by the log.  The   2-bit STA value is interpreted as an unsigned integer.  If STA is 0,   the log codes an unfinished command.  Non-zero STA values code   different classes of finished commands.  An STA value of 1 codes a   cancelled command, an STA value of 2 codes a command that uses the   "dropped F7" construction, and an STA value of 3 codes all other   finished commands.Section 3.2 in the main text describes cancelled   and "dropped F7" commands.   The S bit (Appendix A.1) of the first log in the list acts as the S   bit for Chapter X.  For the other logs in the list, the S bit refersLazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 90]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   to the log itself.  The value of the "phantom" S bit associated with   the first log is defined by the following rules:     o  If the list codes one log, the phantom S-bit value is the same        as the Chapter X S-bit value.     o  If the list codes multiple logs, the phantom S-bit value is the        logical OR of the S-bit value of the first and second command        logs in the list.   In all other respects, the S bit follows the semantics defined inAppendix A.1.   The FIRST field (present if F = 1) encodes a variable-length unsigned   integer value that sets the coverage of the DATA field.   The FIRST field (present if F = 1) encodes a variable-length unsigned   integer value that specifies which SysEx data bytes are encoded in   the DATA field of the log.  The FIRST field consists of an octet   whose most-significant bit is set to 0, optionally preceded by one or   more octets whose most-significant bit is set to 1.  The algorithm   shown in Figure B.5.2 decodes this format into an unsigned integer,   to yield the value dec(FIRST).  FIRST uses a variable-length encoding   because dec(FIRST) references a data octet in a SysEx command, and a   SysEx command may contain an arbitrary number of data octets.        One-Octet FIRST value:           Encoded form: 0ddddddd           Decoded form: 00000000 00000000 00000000 0ddddddd        Two-Octet FIRST value:           Encoded form: 1ccccccc 0ddddddd           Decoded form: 00000000 00000000 00cccccc cddddddd        Three-Octet FIRST value:           Encoded form: 1bbbbbbb 1ccccccc 0ddddddd           Decoded form: 00000000 000bbbbb bbcccccc cddddddd        Four-Octet FIRST value:           Encoded form: 1aaaaaaa 1bbbbbbb 1ccccccc 0ddddddd           Decoded form: 0000aaaa aaabbbbb bbcccccc cddddddd                Figure B.5.2 -- Decoding FIRST field formatsLazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 91]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   The DATA field (present if D = 1) encodes a modified version of the   data octets of the SysEx command coded by the log.  Status octets   MUST NOT be coded in the DATA field.   If F = 0, the DATA field begins with the first data octet of the   SysEx command and includes all subsequent data octets for the command   that appear in the session history.  If F = 1, the DATA field begins   with the (dec(FIRST) + 1)'th data octet of the SysEx command and   includes all subsequent data octets for the command that appear in   the session history.  Note that the word "command" in the   descriptions above refers to the original SysEx command as it appears   in the source MIDI data stream, not to a particular MIDI list SysEx   command segment.   The length of the DATA field is coded implicitly, using the most-   significant bit of each octet.  The most-significant bit of the final   octet of the DATA field MUST be set to 1.  The most-significant bit   of all other DATA octets MUST be set to 0.  This coding method relies   on the fact that the most-significant bit of a MIDI data octet is 0   by definition.  Apart from this length-coding modification, the DATA   field encodes a verbatim copy of all data octets it encodes.B.5.2.  Log Inclusion Semantics   Chapter X offers two tools to protect SysEx commands: the "recency"   tool and the "list" tool.  The tool definitions use the concept of   the "SysEx type" of a command, which we now define.   Each SysEx command instance in a session, excepting MTC Full Frame   commands, is said to have a "SysEx type".  Types are used in equality   comparisons: two SysEx commands in a session are said to have "the   same SysEx type" or "different SysEx types".   If efficiency is not a concern, a sender may follow a simple typing   rule: every SysEx command in the session history has a different   SysEx type, and thus no two commands in the session have the same   type.   To improve efficiency, senders MAY implement exceptions to this rule.   These exceptions declare that certain sets of SysEx command instances   have the same SysEx type.  Any command not covered by an exception   follows the simple rule.  We list exceptions below:     o  All commands with identical data octet fields (same number of        data octets, same value for each data octet) have the same type.        This rule MUST be applied to all SysEx commands in the session,        or not at all.  Note that the implementation of this exception        requires no sender knowledge of the format and semantics of theLazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 92]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006        SysEx commands in the stream, merely the ability to count and        compare octets.     o  Two instances of the same command whose semantics set or report        the value of the same "parameter" have the same type.  The        implementation of this exception requires specific knowledge of        the format and semantics of SysEx commands.  In practice, a        sender implementation chooses to support this exception for        certain classes of commands (such as the Universal System        Exclusive commands defined in [MIDI]).  If a sender supports        this exception for a particular command in a class (for example,        the Universal Real Time System Exclusive message for Master        Volume, F0 F7 cc 04 01 vv vv F7, defined in [MIDI]), it MUST        support the exception to all instances of this particular        command in the session.   We now use this definition of "SysEx type" to define the "recency"   tool and the "list" tool for Chapter X.   By default, the Chapter X log list MUST code sufficient information   to protect the rendered MIDI performance from indefinite artifacts   caused by the loss of all finished or unfinished active SysEx   commands that appear in the checkpoint history (excluding finished   MTC Full Frame commands, which are coded in Chapter F (Appendix   B.4)).   To protect a command of a specific SysEx type with the recency tool,   senders MUST code a log in the log list for the most recent finished   active instance of the SysEx type that appears in the checkpoint   history.  Additionally, if an unfinished active instance of the SysEx   type appears in the checkpoint history, senders MUST code a log in   the log list for the unfinished command instance.  The L header bit   of both command logs MUST be set to 0.   To protect a command of a specific SysEx type with the list tool,   senders MUST code a log in the Chapter X log list for each finished   or unfinished active instance of the SysEx type that appears in the   checkpoint history.  The L header bit of list tool command logs MUST   be set to 1.   As a rule, a log REQUIRED by the list or recency tool MUST include a   DATA field that codes all data octets that appear in the checkpoint   history for the SysEx command instance associated with the log.  The   FIRST field MAY be used to configure a DATA field that minimally   meets this requirement.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 93]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   An exception to this rule applies to cancelled commands (defined inSection 3.2).  REQUIRED command logs associated with cancelled   commands MAY be coded with no DATA field.  However, if DATA appears   in the log, DATA MUST code all data octets that appear in the   checkpoint history for the command associated with the log.   As defined by the preceding text in this section, by default all   finished or unfinished active SysEx commands that appear in the   checkpoint history (excluding finished MTC Full Frame commands) MUST   be protected by the list tool or the recency tool.   For some MIDI source streams, this default yields a Chapter X whose   size is too large.  For example, imagine that a sender begins to   transcode a SysEx command with 10,000 data octets onto a UDP RTP   stream "on the fly", by sending SysEx command segments as soon as   data octets are delivered by the MIDI source.  After 1000 octets have   been sent, the expansion of Chapter X yields an RTP packet that is   too large to fit in the Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) for the   stream.   In this situation, if a sender uses the closed-loop sending policy   for SysEx commands, the RTP packet size may always be capped by   stalling the stream.  In a stream stall, once the packet reaches a   maximum size, the sender refrains from sending new packets with non-   empty MIDI Command Sections until receiver feedback permits the   trimming of Chapter X.  If the stream permits arbitrary commands to   appear between SysEx segments (selectable during configuration using   the tools defined inAppendix C.1), the sender may stall the SysEx   segment stream but continue to code other commands in the MIDI list.   Stalls are a workable but sub-optimal solution to Chapter X size   issues.  As an alternative to stalls, senders SHOULD take preemptive   action during session configuration to reduce the anticipated size of   Chapter X, using the methods described below:     o  Partitioned transport.Appendix C.5 provides tools for sending        a MIDI name space over several RTP streams.  Senders may use        these tools to map a MIDI source into a low-latency UDP RTP        stream (for channel commands and short SysEx commands) and a        reliable [RFC4571] TCP stream (for bulk-data SysEx commands).        The cm_unused and cm_used parameters (Appendix C.1) may be used        to communicate the nature of the SysEx command partition.  As        TCP is reliable, the RTP MIDI TCP stream would not use the        recovery journal.  To minimize transmission latency for short        SysEx commands, senders may begin segmental transmission for all        SysEx commands over the UDP stream and then cancel the UDP        transmission of long commands (using tools described inSection3.2) and resend the commands over the TCP stream.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 94]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006     o  Selective protection.  Journal protection may not be necessary        for all SysEx commands in a stream.  The ch_never parameter        (Appendix C.2) may be used to communicate which SysEx commands        are excluded from Chapter X.B.5.3.  TCOUNT and COUNT Fields   If the T header bit is set to 1, the 8-bit TCOUNT field appears in   the command log.  If the C header bit is set to 1, the 8-bit COUNT   field appears in the command log.  TCOUNT and COUNT are interpreted   as unsigned integers.   The TCOUNT field codes the total number of SysEx commands of the   SysEx type coded by the log that appear in the session history, at   the moment after the (finished or unfinished) command coded by the   log enters the session history.   The COUNT field codes the total number of SysEx commands that appear   in the session history, excluding commands that are excluded from   Chapter X via the ch_never parameter (Appendix C.2), at the moment   after the (finished or unfinished) command coded by the log enters   the session history.   Command counting for TCOUNT and COUNT uses modulo-256 arithmetic.   MTC Full Frame command instances (Appendix B.4) are included in   command counting if the TCOUNT and COUNT definitions warrant their   inclusion, as are cancelled commands (Section 3.2).   Senders use the TCOUNT and COUNT fields to track the identity and   (for TCOUNT) the sequence position of a command instance.  Senders   MUST use the TCOUNT or COUNT fields if identity or sequence   information is necessary to protect the command type coded by the   log.   If a sender uses the COUNT field in a session, the final command log   in every Chapter X in the stream MUST code the COUNT field.  This   rule lets receivers resynchronize the COUNT value after a packet   loss.C.  Session Configuration Tools   In Sections6.1-2 of the main text, we show session descriptions for   minimal native and mpeg4-generic RTP MIDI streams.  Minimal streams   lack the flexibility to support some applications.  In this appendix,   we describe how to customize stream behavior through the use of the   payload format parameters.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 95]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   The appendix begins with 6 sections, each devoted to parameters that   affect a particular aspect of stream behavior:     oAppendix C.1 describes the stream subsetting system (cm_unused        and cm_used).     oAppendix C.2 describes the journalling system (ch_anchor,        ch_default, ch_never, j_sec, j_update).     oAppendix C.3 describes MIDI command timestamp semantics        (linerate, mperiod, octpos, tsmode).     oAppendix C.4 describes the temporal duration ("media time") of        an RTP MIDI packet (guardtime, rtp_maxptime, rtp_ptime).     oAppendix C.5 concerns stream description (musicport).     oAppendix C.6 describes MIDI rendering (chanmask, cid, inline,        multimode, render, rinit, subrender, smf_cid, smf_info,        smf_inline, smf_url, url).   The parameters listed above may optionally appear in session   descriptions of RTP MIDI streams.  If these parameters are used in an   SDP session description, the parameters appear on an fmtp attribute   line.  This attribute line applies to the payload type associated   with the fmtp line.   The parameters listed above add extra functionality ("features") to   minimal RTP MIDI streams.  InAppendix C.7, we show how to use these   features to support two classes of applications: content-streaming   using RTSP (Appendix C.7.1) and network musical performance using SIP   (Appendix C.7.2).   The participants in a multimedia session MUST share a common view of   all of the RTP MIDI streams that appear in an RTP session, as defined   by a single media (m=) line.  In some RTP MIDI applications, the   "common view" restriction makes it difficult to use sendrecv streams   (all parties send and receive), as each party has its own   requirements.  For example, a two-party network musical performance   application may wish to customize the renderer on each host to match   the CPU performance of the host [NMP].   We solve this problem by using two RTP MIDI streams -- one sendonly,   one recvonly -- in lieu of one sendrecv stream.  The data flows in   the two streams travel in opposite directions, to control receivers   configured to use different renderers.  In the third example inAppendix C.5, we show how the musicport parameter may be used to   define virtual sendrecv streams.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 96]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   As a general rule, the RTP MIDI protocol does not handle parameter   changes during a session well, because the parameters describe   heavyweight or stateful configuration that is not easily changed once   a session has begun.  Thus, parties SHOULD NOT expect that parameter   change requests during a session will be accepted by other parties.   However, implementors SHOULD support in-session parameter changes   that are easy to handle (for example, the guardtime parameter defined   inAppendix C.4) and SHOULD be capable of accepting requests for   changes of those parameters, as received by its session management   protocol (for example, re-offers in SIP [RFC3264]).Appendix D defines the Augmented Backus-Naur Form (ABNF, [RFC4234])   syntax for the payload parameters.Section 11 provides information   to the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) on the media types   and parameters defined in this document.Appendix C.6.5 defines the media type "audio/asc", a stored object   for initializing mpeg4-generic renderers.  As described inAppendixC.6, the audio/asc media type is assigned to the "rinit" parameter to   specify an initialization data object for the default mpeg4-generic   renderer.  Note that RTP stream semantics are not defined for   "audio/asc".  Therefore, the "asc" subtype MUST NOT appear on the   rtpmap line of a session description.C.1.  Configuration Tools: Stream Subsetting   As defined inSection 3.2 in the main text, the MIDI list of an RTP   MIDI packet may encode any MIDI command that may legally appear on a   MIDI 1.0 DIN cable.   In this appendix, we define two parameters (cm_unused and cm_used)   that modify this default condition, by excluding certain types of   MIDI commands from the MIDI list of all packets in a stream.  For   example, if a multimedia session partitions a MIDI name space into   two RTP MIDI streams, the parameters may be used to define which   commands appear in each stream.   In this appendix, we define a simple language for specifying MIDI   command types.  If a command type is assigned to cm_unused, the   commands coded by the string MUST NOT appear in the MIDI list.  If a   command type is assigned to cm_used, the commands coded by the string   MAY appear in the MIDI list.   The parameter list may code multiple assignments to cm_used and   cm_unused.  Assignments have a cumulative effect and are applied in   the order of appearance in the parameter list.  A later assignment of   a command type to the same parameter expands the scope of the earlier   assignment.  A later assignment of a command type to the oppositeLazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 97]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   parameter cancels (partially or completely) the effect of an earlier   assignment.   To initialize the stream subsetting system, "implicit" assignments to   cm_unused and cm_used are processed before processing the actual   assignments that appear in the parameter list.  The System Common   undefined commands (0xF4, 0xF5) and the System Real-Time Undefined   commands (0xF9, 0xFD) are implicitly assigned to cm_unused.  All   other command types are implicitly assigned to cm_used.   Note that the implicit assignments code the default behavior of an   RTP MIDI stream as defined inSection 3.2 in the main text (namely,   that all commands that may legally appear on a MIDI 1.0 DIN cable may   appear in the stream).  Also note that assignments of the System   Common undefined commands (0xF4, 0xF5) apply to the use of these   commands in the MIDI source command stream, not the special use of   0xF4 and 0xF5 in SysEx segment encoding defined inSection 3.2 in the   main text.   As a rule, parameter assignments obey the following syntax (seeAppendix D for ABNF):     <parameter> = [channel list]<command-type list>[field list]   The command-type list is mandatory; the channel and field lists are   optional.   The command-type list specifies the MIDI command types for which the   parameter applies.  The command-type list is a concatenated sequence   of one or more of the letters (ABCFGHJKMNPQTVWXYZ).  The letters code   the following command types:      o  A: Poly Aftertouch (0xA)      o  B: System Reset (0xFF)      o  C: Control Change (0xB)      o  F: System Time Code (0xF1)      o  G: System Tune Request (0xF6)      o  H: System Song Select (0xF3)      o  J: System Common Undefined (0xF4)      o  K: System Common Undefined (0xF5)      o  N: NoteOff (0x8), NoteOn (0x9)      o  P: Program Change (0xC)      o  Q: System Sequencer (0xF2, 0xF8, 0xF9, 0xFA, 0xFB, 0xFC)      o  T: Channel Aftertouch (0xD)      o  V: System Active Sense (0xFE)      o  W: Pitch Wheel (0xE)Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 98]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006      o  X: SysEx (0xF0)      o  Y: System Real-Time Undefined (0xF9)      o  Z: System Real-Time Undefined (0xFD)   In addition to the letters above, the letter M may also appear in the   command-type list.  The letter M refers to the MIDI parameter system   (see definition inAppendix A.1 and in [MIDI]).  An assignment of M   to cm_unused codes that no RPN or NRPN transactions may appear in the   MIDI list.   Note that if cm_unused is assigned the letter M, Control Change (0xB)   commands for the controller numbers in the standard controller   assignment might still appear in the MIDI list.  For an explanation,   seeAppendix A.3.4 for a discussion of the "general-purpose" use of   parameter system controller numbers.   In the text below, rules that apply to "MIDI voice channel commands"   also apply to the letter M.   The letters in the command-type list MUST be uppercase and MUST   appear in alphabetical order.  Letters other than   (ABCFGHJKMNPQTVWXYZ) that appear in the list MUST be ignored.   For MIDI voice channel commands, the channel list specifies the MIDI   channels for which the parameter applies.  If no channel list is   provided, the parameter applies to all MIDI channels (0-15).  The   channel list takes the form of a list of channel numbers (0 through   15) and dash-separated channel number ranges (i.e., 0-5, 8-12, etc).   Dots (i.e., "." characters) separate elements in the channel list.   Recall that System commands do not have a MIDI channel associated   with them.  Thus, for most command-type letters that code System   commands (B, F, G, H, J, K, Q, V, Y, and Z), the channel list is   ignored.   For the command-type letter X, the appearance of certain numbers in   the channel list codes special semantics.     o  The digit 0 codes that SysEx "cancel" sublists (Section 3.2 in        the main text) MUST NOT appear in the MIDI list.     o  The digit 1 codes that cancel sublists MAY appear in the MIDI        list (the default condition).     o  The digit 2 codes that commands other than System Real-time MIDI        commands MUST NOT appear between SysEx command segments in the        MIDI list (the default condition).Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                    [Page 99]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006     o  The digit 3 codes that any MIDI command type may appear between        SysEx command segments in the MIDI list, with the exception of        the segmented encoding of a second SysEx command (verbatim SysEx        commands are OK).   For command-type X, the channel list MUST NOT contain both digits 0   and 1, and it MUST NOT contain both digits 2 and 3.  For command-type   X, channel list numbers other than the numbers defined above are   ignored.  If X does not have a channel list, the semantics marked   "the default condition" in the list above apply.   The syntax for field lists in a parameter assignment follows the   syntax for channel lists.  If no field list is provided, the   parameter applies to all controller or note numbers.   For command-type C (Control Change), the field list codes the   controller numbers (0-255) for which the parameter applies.   For command-type M (Parameter System), the field list codes the   Registered Parameter Numbers (RPNs) and Non-Registered Parameter   Numbers (NRPNs) for which the parameter applies.  The number range   0-16383 specifies RPNs, the number range 16384-32767 specifies NRPNs   (16384 corresponds to NRPN 0, 32767 corresponds to NRPN 16383).   For command-types N (NoteOn and NoteOff) and A (Poly Aftertouch), the   field list codes the note numbers for which the parameter applies.   For command-types J and K (System Common Undefined), the field list   consists of a single digit, which specifies the number of data octets   that follow the command octet.   For command-type X (SysEx), the field list codes the number of data   octets that may appear in a SysEx command.  Thus, the field list   0-255 specifies SysEx commands with 255 or fewer data octets, the   field list 256-4294967295 specifies SysEx commands with more than 255   data octets but excludes commands with 255 or fewer data octets, and   the field list 0 excludes all commands.   A secondary parameter assignment syntax customizes command-type X   (seeAppendix D for complete ABNF):     <parameter> = "__" <h-list> ["_" <h-list>] "__"   The assignment defines the class of SysEx commands that obeys the   semantics of the assigned parameter.  The command class is specified   by listing the permitted values of the first N data octets that   follow the SysEx 0xF0 command octet.  Any SysEx command whose first N   data octets match the list is a member of the class.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 100]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   Each <h-list> defines a data octet of the command, as a dot-separated   (".") list of one or more hexadecimal constants (such as "7F") or   dash-separated hexadecimal ranges (such as "01-1F").  Underscores   ("_") separate each <h-list>.  Double-underscores ("__") delineate   the data octet list.   Using this syntax, each assignment specifies a single SysEx command   class.  Session descriptions may use several assignments to cm_used   and cm_unused to specify complex behaviors.   The example session description below illustrates the use of the   stream subsetting parameters:   v=0   o=lazzaro 2520644554 2838152170 IN IP6 first.example.net   s=Example   t=0 0   m=audio 5004 RTP/AVP 96   c=IN IP6 2001:DB80::7F2E:172A:1E24   a=rtpmap:96 rtp-midi/44100   a=fmtp:96 cm_unused=ACGHJKNMPTVWXYZ; cm_used=__7F_00-7F_01_01__   The session description configures the stream for use in clock   applications.  All voice channels are unused, as are all System   Commands except those used for MIDI Time Code (command-type F, and   the Full Frame SysEx command that is matched by the string assigned   to cm_used), the System Sequencer commands (command-type Q), and   System Reset (command-type B).C.2.  Configuration Tools: The Journalling System   In this appendix, we define the payload format parameters that   configure stream journalling and the recovery journal system.   The j_sec parameter (Appendix C.2.1) sets the journalling method for   the stream.  The j_update parameter (Appendix C.2.2) sets the   recovery journal sending policy for the stream.Appendix C.2.2 also   defines the sending policies of the recovery journal system.Appendix C.2.3 defines several parameters that modify the recovery   journal semantics.  These parameters change the default recovery   journal semantics as defined inSection 5 and Appendices A-B.   The journalling method for a stream is set at the start of a session   and MUST NOT be changed thereafter.  This requirement forbids changes   to the j_sec parameter once a session has begun.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 101]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   A related requirement, defined in the appendix sections below,   forbids the acceptance of parameter values that would violate the   recovery journal mandate.  In many cases, a change in one of the   parameters defined in this appendix during an ongoing session would   result in a violation of the recovery journal mandate for an   implementation; in this case, the parameter change MUST NOT be   accepted.C.2.1.  The j_sec ParameterSection 2.2 defines the default journalling method for a stream.   Streams that use unreliable transport (such as UDP) default to using   the recovery journal.  Streams that use reliable transport (such as   TCP) default to not using a journal.   The parameter j_sec may be used to override this default.  This memo   defines two symbolic values for j_sec: "none", to indicate that all   stream payloads MUST NOT contain a journal section, and "recj", to   indicate that all stream payloads MUST contain a journal section that   uses the recovery journal format.   For example, the j_sec parameter might be set to "none" for a UDP   stream that travels between two hosts on a local network that is   known to provide reliable datagram delivery.   The session description below configures a UDP stream that does not   use the recovery journal:   v=0   o=lazzaro 2520644554 2838152170 IN IP4 first.example.net   s=Example   t=0 0   m=audio 5004 RTP/AVP 96   c=IN IP4 192.0.2.94   a=rtpmap:96 rtp-midi/44100   a=fmtp:96 j_sec=none   Other IETF standards-track documents may define alternative journal   formats.  These documents MUST define new symbolic values for the   j_sec parameter to signal the use of the format.   Parties MUST NOT accept a j_sec value that violates the recovery   journal mandate (seeSection 4 for details).  If a session   description uses a j_sec value unknown to the recipient, the   recipient MUST NOT accept the description.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 102]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   Special j_sec issues arise when sessions are managed by session   management tools (like RTSP, [RFC2326]) that use SDP for "declarative   usage" purposes (see the preamble ofSection 6 for details).  For   these session management tools, SDP does not code transport details   (such as UDP or TCP) for the session.  Instead, server and client   negotiate transport details via other means (for RTSP, the SETUP   method).   In this scenario, the use of the j_sec parameter may be ill-advised,   as the creator of the session description may not yet know the   transport type for the session.  In this case, the session   description SHOULD configure the journalling system using the   parameters defined in the remainder ofAppendix C.2, but it SHOULD   NOT use j_sec to set the journalling status.  Recall that if j_sec   does not appear in the session description, the default method for   choosing the journalling method is in effect (no journal for reliable   transport, recovery journal for unreliable transport).   However, in declarative usage situations where the creator of the   session description knows that journalling is always required or   never required, the session description SHOULD use the j_sec   parameter.C.2.2.  The j_update Parameter   InSection 4, we use the term "sending policy" to describe the method   a sender uses to choose the checkpoint packet identity for each   recovery journal in a stream.  In the sub-sections that follow, we   normatively define three sending policies: anchor, closed-loop, and   open-loop.   As stated inSection 4, the default sending policy for a stream is   the closed-loop policy.  The j_update parameter may be used to   override this default.   We define three symbolic values for j_update: "anchor", to indicate   that the stream uses the anchor sending policy, "open-loop", to   indicate that the stream uses the open-loop sending policy, and   "closed-loop", to indicate that the stream uses the closed-loop   sending policy.  SeeAppendix C.2.3 for examples session descriptions   that use the j_update parameter.   Parties MUST NOT accept a j_update value that violates the recovery   journal mandate (Section 4).   Other IETF standards-track documents may define additional sending   policies for the recovery journal system.  These documents MUST   define new symbolic values for the j_update parameter to signal theLazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 103]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   use of the new policy.  If a session description uses a j_update   value unknown to the recipient, the recipient MUST NOT accept the   description.C.2.2.1.  The anchor Sending Policy   In the anchor policy, the sender uses the first packet in the stream   as the checkpoint packet for all packets in the stream.  The anchor   policy satisfies the recovery journal mandate (Section 4), as the   checkpoint history always covers the entire stream.   The anchor policy does not require the use of the RTP control   protocol (RTCP, [RFC3550]) or other feedback from receiver to sender.   Senders do not need to take special actions to ensure that received   streams start up free of artifacts, as the recovery journal always   covers the entire history of the stream.  Receivers are relieved of   the responsibility of tracking the changing identity of the   checkpoint packet, because the checkpoint packet never changes.   The main drawback of the anchor policy is bandwidth efficiency.   Because the checkpoint history covers the entire stream, the size of   the recovery journals produced by this policy usually exceeds the   journal size of alternative policies.  For single-channel MIDI data   streams, the bandwidth overhead of the anchor policy is often   acceptable (seeAppendix A.4 of [NMP]).  For dense streams, the   closed-loop or open-loop policies may be more appropriate.C.2.2.2.  The closed-loop Sending Policy   The closed-loop policy is the default policy of the recovery journal   system.  For each packet in the stream, the policy lets senders   choose the smallest possible checkpoint history that satisfies the   recovery journal mandate.  As smaller checkpoint histories generally   yield smaller recovery journals, the closed-loop policy reduces the   bandwidth of a stream, relative to the anchor policy.   The closed-loop policy relies on feedback from receiver to sender.   The policy assumes that a receiver periodically informs the sender of   the highest sequence number it has seen so far in the stream, coded   in the 32-bit extension format defined in [RFC3550].  For RTCP,   receivers transmit this information in the Extended Highest Sequence   Number Received (EHSNR) field of Receiver Reports.  RTCP Sender or   Receiver Reports MUST be sent by any participant in a session with   closed loop sending policy, unless another feedback mechanism has   been agreed upon.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 104]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   The sender may safely use receiver sequence number feedback to guide   checkpoint history management, becauseSection 4 requires that   receivers repair indefinite artifacts whenever a packet loss event   occur.   We now normatively define the closed-loop policy.  At the moment a   sender prepares an RTP packet for transmission, the sender is aware   of R >= 0 receivers for the stream.  Senders may become aware of a   receiver via RTCP traffic from the receiver, via RTP packets from a   paired stream sent by the receiver to the sender, via messages from a   session management tool, or by other means.  As receivers join and   leave a session, the value of R changes.   Each known receiver k (1 <= k <= R) is associated with a 32-bit   extended packet sequence number M(k), where the extension reflects   the sequence number rollover count of the sender.   If the sender has received at least one feedback report from receiver   k, M(k) is the most recent report of the highest RTP packet sequence   number seen by the receiver, normalized to reflect the rollover count   of the sender.   If the sender has not received a feedback report from the receiver,   M(k) is the extended sequence number of the last packet the sender   transmitted before it became aware of the receiver.  If the sender   became aware of this receiver before it sent the first packet in the   stream, M(k) is the extended sequence number of the first packet in   the stream.   Given this definition of M(), we now state the closed-loop policy.   When preparing a new packet for transmission, a sender MUST choose a   checkpoint packet with extended sequence number N, such that M(k) >=   (N - 1) for all k, 1 <= k <= R, where R >= 1.  The policy does not   restrict sender behavior in the R == 0 (no known receivers) case.   Under the closed-loop policy as defined above, a sender may transmit   packets whose checkpoint history is shorter than the session history   (as defined inAppendix A.1).  In this event, a new receiver that   joins the stream may experience indefinite artifacts.   For example, if a Control Change (0xB) command for Channel Volume   (controller number 7) was sent early in a stream, and later a new   receiver joins the session, the closed-loop policy may permit all   packets sent to the new receiver to use a checkpoint history that   does not include the Channel Volume Control Change command.  As a   result, the new receiver experiences an indefinite artifact, and   plays all notes on a channel too loudly or too softly.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 105]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   To address this issue, the closed-loop policy states that whenever a   sender becomes aware of a new receiver, the sender MUST determine if   the receiver would be subject to indefinite artifacts under the   closed-loop policy.  If so, the sender MUST ensure that the receiver   starts the session free of indefinite artifacts.   For example, to solve the Channel Volume issue described above, the   sender may code the current state of the Channel Volume controller   numbers in the recovery journal Chapter C, until it receives the   first RTCP RR report that signals that a packet containing this   Chapter C has been received.   In satisfying this requirement, senders MAY infer the initial MIDI   state of the receiver from the session description.  For example, the   stream example inSection 6.2 has the initial state defined in [MIDI]   for General MIDI.   In a unicast RTP session, a receiver may safely assume that the   sender is aware of its presence of a receiver from the first packet   sent in the RTP stream.  However, in other types of RTP sessions   (multicast, conference focus, RTP translator/mixer), a receiver is   often not able to determine if the sender is initially aware of its   presence as a receiver.   To address this issue, the closed-loop policy states that if a   receiver participates in a session where it may have access to a   stream whose sender is not aware of the receiver, the receiver MUST   take actions to ensure that its rendered MIDI performance does not   contain indefinite artifacts.  These protections will be necessarily   incomplete.  For example, a receiver may monitor the Checkpoint   Packet Seqnum for uncovered loss events, and "err on the side of   caution" with respect to handling stuck notes due to lost MIDI   NoteOff commands, but the receiver is not able to compensate for the   lack of Channel Volume initialization data in the recovery journal.   The receiver MUST NOT discontinue these protective actions until it   is certain that the sender is aware of its presence.  If a receiver   is not able to ascertain sender awareness, the receiver MUST continue   these protective actions for the duration of the session.   Note that in a multicast session where all parties are expected to   send and receive, the reception of RTCP receiver reports from the   sender about the RTP stream a receiver is multicasting is evidence of   the sender's awareness that the RTP stream multicast by the sender is   being monitored by the receiver.  Receivers may also obtain sender   awareness evidence from session management tools, or by other means.   In practice, ongoing observation of the Checkpoint Packet Seqnum to   determine if the sender is taking actions to prevent loss events forLazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 106]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   a receiver is a good indication of sender awareness, as is the sudden   appearance of recovery journal chapters with numerous Control Change   controller data that was not foreshadowed by recent commands coded in   the MIDI list shortly after sending an RTCP RR.   The final set of normative closed-loop policy requirements concern   how senders and receivers handle unplanned disruptions of RTCP   feedback from a receiver to a sender.  By "unplanned", we refer to   disruptions that are not due to the signalled termination of an RTP   stream, via an RTCP BYE or via session management tools.   As defined earlier in this section, the closed-loop policy states   that a sender MUST choose a checkpoint packet with extended sequence   number N, such that M(k) >= (N - 1) for all k, 1 <= k <= R, where R   >= 1.  If the sender has received at least one feedback report from   receiver k, M(k) is the most recent report of the highest RTP packet   sequence number seen by the receiver, normalized to reflect the   rollover count of the sender.   If this receiver k stops sending feedback to the sender, the M(k)   value used by the sender reflects the last feedback report from the   receiver.  As time progresses without feedback from receiver k, this   fixed M(k) value forces the sender to increase the size of the   checkpoint history, and thus increases the bandwidth of the stream.   At some point, the sender may need to take action in order to limit   the bandwidth of the stream.  In most envisioned uses of RTP MIDI,   long before this point is reached, the SSRC time-out mechanism   defined in [RFC3550] will remove the uncooperative receiver from the   session (note that the closed-loop policy does not suggest or require   any special sender behavior upon an SSRC time-out, other than the   sender actions related to changing R, described earlier in this   section).   However, in rare situations, the bandwidth of the stream (due to a   lack of feedback reports from the sender) may become too large to   continue sending the stream to the receiver before the SSRC time-out   occurs for the receiver.  In this case, the closed-loop policy states   that the sender should invoke the SSRC time-out for the receiver   early.   We now discuss receiver responsibilities in the case of unplanned   disruptions of RTCP feedback from receiver to sender.   In the unicast case, if a sender invokes the SSRC time-out mechanism   for a receiver, the receiver stops receiving packets from the sender.   The sender behavior imposed by the guardtime parameter (AppendixLazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 107]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   C.4.2) lets the receiver conclude that an SSRC time-out has occurred   in a reasonable time period.   In this case of a time-out, a receiver MUST keep sending RTCP   feedback, in order to re-establish the RTP flow from the sender.   Unless the receiver expects a prompt recovery of the RTP flow, the   receiver MUST take actions to ensure that the rendered MIDI   performance does not exhibit "very long transient artifacts" (for   example, by silencing NoteOns to prevent stuck notes) while awaiting   reconnection of the flow.   In the multicast case, if a sender invokes the SSRC time-out   mechanism for a receiver, the receiver may continue to receive   packets, but the sender will no longer be using the M(k) feedback   from the receiver to choose each checkpoint packet.  If the receiver   does not have additional information that precludes an SSRC time-out   (such as RTCP Receiver Reports from the sender about an RTP stream   the receiver is multicasting back to the sender), the receiver MUST   monitor the Checkpoint Packet Seqnum to detect an SSRC time-out.  If   an SSRC time-out is detected, the receiver MUST follow the   instructions for SSRC time-outs described for the unicast case above.   Finally, we note that the closed-loop policy is suitable for use in   RTP/RTCP sessions that use multicast transport.  However, aspects of   the closed-loop policy do not scale well to sessions with large   numbers of participants.  The sender state scales linearly with the   number of receivers, as the sender needs to track the identity and   M(k) value for each receiver k.  The average recovery journal size is   not independent of the number of receivers, as the RTCP reporting   interval backoff slows down the rate of a full update of M(k) values.   The backoff algorithm may also increase the amount of ancillary state   used by implementations of the normative sender and receiver   behaviors defined inSection 4.C.2.2.3.  The open-loop Sending Policy   The open-loop policy is suitable for sessions that are not able to   implement the receiver-to-sender feedback required by the closed-loop   policy, and that are also not able to use the anchor policy because   of bandwidth constraints.   The open-loop policy does not place constraints on how a sender   chooses the checkpoint packet for each packet in the stream.  In the   absence of such constraints, a receiver may find that the recovery   journal in the packet that ends a loss event has a checkpoint history   that does not cover the entire loss event.  We refer to loss events   of this type as uncovered loss events.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 108]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   To ensure that uncovered loss events do not compromise the recovery   journal mandate, the open-loop policy assigns specific recovery tasks   to senders, receivers, and the creators of session descriptions.  The   underlying premise of the open-loop policy is that the indefinite   artifacts produced during uncovered loss events fall into two   classes.   One class of artifacts is recoverable indefinite artifacts.   Receivers are able to repair recoverable artifacts that occur during   an uncovered loss event without intervention from the sender, at the   potential cost of unpleasant transient artifacts.   For example, after an uncovered loss event, receivers are able to   repair indefinite artifacts due to NoteOff (0x8) commands that may   have occurred during the loss event, by executing NoteOff commands   for all active NoteOns commands.  This action causes a transient   artifact (a sudden silent period in the performance), but ensures   that no stuck notes sound indefinitely.  We refer to MIDI commands   that are amenable to repair in this fashion as recoverable MIDI   commands.   A second class of artifacts is unrecoverable indefinite artifacts.   If this class of artifact occurs during an uncovered loss event, the   receiver is not able to repair the stream.   For example, after an uncovered loss event, receivers are not able to   repair indefinite artifacts due to Control Change (0xB) Channel   Volume (controller number 7) commands that have occurred during the   loss event.  A repair is impossible because the receiver has no way   of determining the data value of a lost Channel Volume command.  We   refer to MIDI commands that are fragile in this way as unrecoverable   MIDI commands.   The open-loop policy does not specify how to partition the MIDI   command set into recoverable and unrecoverable commands.  Instead, it   assumes that the creators of the session descriptions are able to   come to agreement on a suitable recoverable/unrecoverable MIDI   command partition for an application.   Given these definitions, we now state the normative requirements for   the open-loop policy.   In the open-loop policy, the creators of the session description MUST   use the ch_anchor parameter (defined inAppendix C.2.3) to protect   all unrecoverable MIDI command types from indefinite artifacts, or   alternatively MUST use the cm_unused parameter (defined in AppendixLazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 109]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   C.1) to exclude the command types from the stream.  These options act   to shield command types from artifacts during an uncovered loss   event.   In the open-loop policy, receivers MUST examine the Checkpoint Packet   Seqnum field of the recovery journal header after every loss event,   to check if the loss event is an uncovered loss event.Section 5   shows how to perform this check.  If an uncovered loss event has   occurred, a receiver MUST perform indefinite artifact recovery for   all MIDI command types that are not shielded by ch_anchor and   cm_unused parameter assignments in the session description.   The open-loop policy does not place specific constraints on the   sender.  However, the open-loop policy works best if the sender   manages the size of the checkpoint history to ensure that uncovered   losses occur infrequently, by taking into account the delay and loss   characteristics of the network.  Also, as each checkpoint packet   change incurs the risk of an uncovered loss, senders should only move   the checkpoint if it reduces the size of the journal.C.2.3.  Recovery Journal Chapter Inclusion Parameters   The recovery journal chapter definitions (Appendices A-B) specify   under what conditions a chapter MUST appear in the recovery journal.   In most cases, the definition states that if a certain command   appears in the checkpoint history, a certain chapter type MUST appear   in the recovery journal to protect the command.   In this section, we describe the chapter inclusion parameters.  These   parameters modify the conditions under which a chapter appears the   journal.  These parameters are essential to the use of the open-loop   policy (Appendix C.2.2.3) and may also be used to simplify   implementations of the closed-loop (Appendix C.2.2.2) and anchor   (Appendix C.2.2.1) policies.   Each parameter represents a type of chapter inclusion semantics.  An   assignment to a parameter declares which chapters (or chapter   subsets) obey the inclusion semantics.  We describe the assignment   syntax for these parameters later in this section.   A party MUST NOT accept chapter inclusion parameter values that   violate the recovery journal mandate (Section 4).  All assignments of   the subsetting parameters (cm_used and cm_unused) MUST precede the   first assignment of a chapter inclusion parameter in the parameter   list.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 110]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   Below, we normatively define the semantics of the chapter inclusion   parameters.  For clarity, we define the action of parameters on   complete chapters.  If a parameter is assigned a subset of a chapter,   the definition applies only to the chapter subset.     o  ch_never.  A chapter assigned to the ch_never parameter MUST NOT        appear in the recovery journal (Appendix A.4.1-2 defines        exceptions to this rule for Chapter M).  To signal the exclusion        of a chapter from the journal, an assignment to ch_never MUST be        made, even if the commands coded by the chapter are assigned to        cm_unused.  This rule simplifies the handling of commands types        that may be coded in several chapters.     o  ch_default.  A chapter assigned to the ch_default parameter MUST        follow the default semantics for the chapter, as defined in        Appendices A-B.     o  ch_anchor.  A chapter assigned to the ch_anchor MUST obey a        modified version of the default chapter semantics.  In the        modified semantics, all references to the checkpoint history are        replaced with references to the session history, and all        references to the checkpoint packet are replaced with references        to the first packet sent in the stream.   Parameter assignments obey the following syntax (seeAppendix D for   ABNF):     <parameter> = [channel list]<chapter list>[field list]   The chapter list is mandatory; the channel and field lists are   optional.  Multiple assignments to parameters have a cumulative   effect and are applied in the order of parameter appearance in a   media description.   To determine the semantics of a list of chapter inclusion parameter   assignments, we begin by assuming an implicit assignment of all   channel and system chapters to the ch_default parameter, with the   default values for the channel list and field list for each chapter   that are defined below.   We then interpret the semantics of the actual parameter assignments,   using the rules below.   A later assignment of a chapter to the same parameter expands the   scope of the earlier assignment.  In most cases, a later assignment   of a chapter to a different parameter cancels (partially or   completely) the effect of an earlier assignment.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 111]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   The chapter list specifies the channel or system chapters for which   the parameter applies.  The chapter list is a concatenated sequence   of one or more of the letters corresponding to the chapter types   (ACDEFMNPQTVWX).  In addition, the list may contain one or more of   the letters for the sub-chapter types (BGHJKYZ) of System Chapter D.   The letters in a chapter list MUST be uppercase and MUST appear in   alphabetical order.  Letters other than (ABCDEFGHJKMNPQTVWXYZ) that   appear in the chapter list MUST be ignored.   The channel list specifies the channel journals for which this   parameter applies; if no channel list is provided, the parameter   applies to all channel journals.  The channel list takes the form of   a list of channel numbers (0 through 15) and dash-separated channel   number ranges (i.e., 0-5, 8-12, etc.).  Dots (i.e., "." characters)   separate elements in the channel list.   Several of the systems chapters may be configured to have special   semantics.  Configuration occurs by specifying a channel list for the   systems channel, using the coding described below (note that MIDI   Systems commands do not have a "channel", and thus the original   purpose of the channel list does not apply to systems chapters).  The   expression "the digit N" in the text below refers to the inclusion of   N as a "channel" in the channel list for a systems chapter.   For the J and K Chapter D sub-chapters (undefined System Common), the   digit 0 codes that the parameter applies to the LEGAL field of the   associated command log (Figure B.1.4 ofAppendix B.1), the digit 1   codes that the parameter applies to the VALUE field of the command   log, and the digit 2 codes that the parameter applies to the COUNT   field of the command log.   For the Y and Z Chapter D sub-chapters (undefined System Real-time),   the digit 0 codes that the parameter applies to the LEGAL field of   the associated command log (Figure B.1.5 ofAppendix B.1) and the   digit 1 codes that the parameter applies to the COUNT field of the   command log.   For Chapter Q (Sequencer State Commands), the digit 0 codes that the   parameter applies to the default Chapter Q definition, which forbids   the TIME field.  The digit 1 codes that the parameter applies to the   optional Chapter Q definition, which supports the TIME field.   The syntax for field lists follows the syntax for channel lists.  If   no field list is provided, the parameter applies to all controller or   note numbers.  For Chapter C, if no field list is provided, the   controller numbers do not use enhanced Chapter C encoding (Appendix   A.3.3).Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 112]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   For Chapter C, the field list may take on values in the range 0 to   255.  A field value X in the range 0-127 refers to a controller   number X, and indicates that the controller number does not use   enhanced Chapter C encoding.  A field value X in the range 128-255   refers to a controller number "X minus 128" and indicates the   controller number does use the enhanced Chapter C encoding.   Assignments made to configure the Chapter C encoding method for a   controller number MUST be made to the ch_default or ch_anchor   parameters, as assignments to ch_never act to exclude the number from   the recovery journal (and thus the indicated encoding method is   irrelevant).   A Chapter C field list MUST NOT encode conflicting information about   the enhanced encoding status of a particular controller number.  For   example, values 0 and 128 MUST NOT both be coded by a field list.   For Chapter M, the field list codes the Registered Parameter Numbers   (RPNs) and Non-Registered Parameter Numbers (NRPNs) for which the   parameter applies.  The number range 0-16383 specifies RPNs, the   number range 16384-32767 specifies NRPNs (16384 corresponds to NRPN   0, 32767 corresponds to NRPN 16383).   For Chapters N and A, the field list codes the note numbers for which   the parameter applies.  The note number range specified for Chapter N   also applies to Chapter E.   For Chapter E, the digit 0 codes that the parameter applies to   Chapter E note logs whose V bit is set to 0, and the digit 1 codes   that the parameter applies to note logs whose V bit is set to 1.   For Chapter X, the field list codes the number of data octets that   may appear in a SysEx command that is coded in the chapter.  Thus,   the field list 0-255 specifies SysEx commands with 255 or fewer data   octets, the field list 256-4294967295 specifies SysEx commands with   more than 255 data octets but excludes commands with 255 or fewer   data octets, and the field list 0 excludes all commands.   A secondary parameter assignment syntax customizes Chapter X (seeAppendix D for complete ABNF):     <parameter> = "__" <h-list> ["_" <h-list>] "__"   The assignment defines a class of SysEx commands whose Chapter X   coding obeys the semantics of the assigned parameter.  The command   class is specified by listing the permitted values of the first NLazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 113]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   data octets that follow the SysEx 0xF0 command octet.  Any SysEx   command whose first N data octets match the list is a member of the   class.   Each <h-list> defines a data octet of the command, as a dot-separated   (".") list of one or more hexadecimal constants (such as "7F") or   dash-separated hexadecimal ranges (such as "01-1F").  Underscores   ("_") separate each <h-list>.  Double-underscores ("__") delineate   the data octet list.   Using this syntax, each assignment specifies a single SysEx command   class.  Session descriptions may use several assignments to the same   (or different) parameters to specify complex Chapter X behaviors.   The ordering behavior of multiple assignments follows the guidelines   for chapter parameter assignments described earlier in this section.   The example session description below illustrates the use of the   chapter inclusion parameters:   v=0   o=lazzaro 2520644554 2838152170 IN IP6 first.example.net   s=Example   t=0 0   m=audio 5004 RTP/AVP 96   c=IN IP6 2001:DB80::7F2E:172A:1E24   a=rtpmap:96 rtp-midi/44100   a=fmtp:96 j_update=open-loop; cm_unused=ABCFGHJKMQTVWXYZ;   cm_used=__7E_00-7F_09_01.02.03__;   cm_used=__7F_00-7F_04_01.02__; cm_used=C7.64;   ch_never=ABCDEFGHJKMQTVWXYZ; ch_never=4.11-13N;   ch_anchor=P; ch_anchor=C7.64;   ch_anchor=__7E_00-7F_09_01.02.03__;   ch_anchor=__7F_00-7F_04_01.02__   (The a=fmtp line has been wrapped to fit the page to accommodate    memo formatting restrictions; it comprises a single line in SDP.)   The j_update parameter codes that the stream uses the open-loop   policy.  Most MIDI command-types are assigned to cm_unused and thus   do not appear in the stream.  As a consequence, the assignments to   the first ch_never parameter reflect that most chapters are not in   use.   Chapter N for several MIDI channels is assigned to ch_never.  Chapter   N for MIDI channels other than 4, 11, 12, and 13 may appear in the   recovery journal, using the (default) ch_default semantics.  In   practice, this assignment pattern would reflect knowledge about a   resilient rendering method in use for the excluded channels.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 114]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   The MIDI Program Change command and several MIDI Control Change   controller numbers are assigned to ch_anchor.  Note that the ordering   of the ch_anchor chapter C assignment after the ch_never command acts   to override the ch_never assignment for the listed controller numbers   (7 and 64).   The assignment of command-type X to cm_unused excludes most SysEx   commands from the stream.  Exceptions are made for General MIDI   System On/Off commands and for the Master Volume and Balance   commands, via the use of the secondary assignment syntax.  The   cm_used assignment codes the exception, and the ch_anchor assignment   codes how these commands are protected in Chapter X.C.3.  Configuration Tools: Timestamp Semantics   The MIDI command section of the payload format consists of a list of   commands, each with an associated timestamp.  The semantics of   command timestamps may be set during session configuration, using the   parameters we describe in this section   The parameter "tsmode" specifies the timestamp semantics for a   stream.  The parameter takes on one of three token values: "comex",   "async", or "buffer".   The default "comex" value specifies that timestamps code the   execution time for a command (Appendix C.3.1) and supports the   accurate transcoding Standard MIDI Files (SMFs, [MIDI]).  The "comex"   value is also RECOMMENDED for new MIDI user-interface controller   designs.  The "async" value specifies an asynchronous timestamp   sampling algorithm for time-of-arrival sources (Appendix C.3.2).  The   "buffer" value specifies a synchronous timestamp sampling algorithm   (Appendix C.3.3) for time-of-arrival sources.   Ancillary parameters MAY follow tsmode in a media description.  We   define these parameters in Appendices C.3.2-3 below.C.3.1.  The comex Algorithm   The default "comex" (COMmand EXecution) tsmode value specifies the   execution time for the command.  With comex, the difference between   two timestamps indicates the time delay between the execution of the   commands.  This difference may be zero, coding simultaneous   execution.   The comex interpretation of timestamps works well for transcoding a   Standard MIDI File (SMF, [MIDI]) into an RTP MIDI stream, as SMFs   code a timestamp for each MIDI command stored in the file.  To   transcode an SMF that uses metric time markers, use the SMF tempo mapLazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 115]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   (encoded in the SMF as meta-events) to convert metric SMF timestamp   units into seconds-based RTP timestamp units.   New MIDI controller designs (piano keyboard, drum pads, etc.) that   support RTP MIDI and that have direct access to sensor data SHOULD   use comex interpretation for timestamps, so that simultaneous   gestural events may be accurately coded by RTP MIDI.   Comex is a poor choice for transcoding MIDI 1.0 DIN cables [MIDI],   for a reason that we will now explain.  A MIDI DIN cable is an   asynchronous serial protocol (320 microseconds per MIDI byte).  MIDI   commands on a DIN cable are not tagged with timestamps.  Instead,   MIDI DIN receivers infer command timing from the time of arrival of   the bytes.  Thus, two two-byte MIDI commands that occur at a source   simultaneously are encoded on a MIDI 1.0 DIN cable with a 640   microsecond time offset.  A MIDI DIN receiver is unable to tell if   this time offset existed in the source performance or is an artifact   of the serial speed of the cable.  However, the RTP MIDI comex   interpretation of timestamps declares that a timestamp offset between   two commands reflects the timing of the source performance.   This semantic mismatch is the reason that comex is a poor choice for   transcoding MIDI DIN cables.  Note that the choice of the RTP   timestamp rate (Section 6.1-2 in the main text) cannot fix this   inaccuracy issue.  In the sections that follow, we describe two   alternative timestamp interpretations ("async" and "buffer") that are   a better match to MIDI 1.0 DIN cable timing, and to other MIDI time-   of-arrival sources.   The "octpos", "linerate", and "mperiod" ancillary parameters (defined   below) SHOULD NOT be used with comex.C.3.2.  The async Algorithm   The "async" tsmode value specifies the asynchronous sampling of a   MIDI time-of-arrival source.  In asynchronous sampling, the moment an   octet is received from a source, it is labelled with a wall-clock   time value.  The time value has RTP timestamp units.   The "octpos" ancillary parameter defines how RTP command timestamps   are derived from octet time values.  If octpos has the token value   "first", a timestamp codes the time value of the first octet of the   command.  If octpos has the token value "last", a timestamp codes the   time value of the last octet of the command.  If the octpos parameter   does not appear in the media description, the sender does not know   which octet of the command the timestamp references (for example, the   sender may be relying on an operating system service that does not   specify this information).Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 116]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   The octpos semantics refer to the first or last octet of a command as   it appears on a time-of-arrival MIDI source, not as it appears in an   RTP MIDI packet.  This distinction is significant because the RTP   coding may contain octets that are not present in the source.  For   example, the status octet of the first MIDI command in a packet may   have been added to the MIDI stream during transcoding, to comply with   the RTP MIDI running status requirements (Section 3.2).   The "linerate" ancillary parameter defines the timespan of one MIDI   octet on the transmission medium of the MIDI source to be sampled   (such as a MIDI 1.0 DIN cable).  The parameter has units of   nanoseconds, and takes on integral values.  For MIDI 1.0 DIN cables,   the correct linerate value is 320000 (this value is also the default   value for the parameter).   We now show a session description example for the async algorithm.   Consider a sender that is transcoding a MIDI 1.0 DIN cable source   into RTP.  The sender runs on a computing platform that assigns time   values to every incoming octet of the source, and the sender uses the   time values to label the first octet of each command in the RTP   packet.  This session description describes the transcoding:   v=0   o=lazzaro 2520644554 2838152170 IN IP4 first.example.net   s=Example   t=0 0   m=audio 5004 RTP/AVP 96   c=IN IP4 192.0.2.94   a=rtpmap:96 rtp-midi/44100   a=sendonly   a=fmtp:96 tsmode=async; linerate=320000; octpos=firstC.3.3.  The buffer Algorithm   The "buffer" tsmode value specifies the synchronous sampling of a   MIDI time-of-arrival source.   In synchronous sampling, octets received from a source are placed in   a holding buffer upon arrival.  At periodic intervals, the RTP sender   examines the buffer.  The sender removes complete commands from the   buffer and codes those commands in an RTP packet.  The command   timestamp codes the moment of buffer examination, expressed in RTP   timestamp units.  Note that several commands may have the same   timestamp value.   The "mperiod" ancillary parameter defines the nominal periodic   sampling interval.  The parameter takes on positive integral values   and has RTP timestamp units.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 117]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   The "octpos" ancillary parameter, defined inAppendix C.3.1 for   asynchronous sampling, plays a different role in synchronous   sampling.  In synchronous sampling, the parameter specifies the   timestamp semantics of a command whose octets span several sampling   periods.   If octpos has the token value "first", the timestamp reflects the   arrival period of the first octet of the command.  If octpos has the   token value "last", the timestamp reflects the arrival period of the   last octet of the command.  The octpos semantics refer to the first   or last octet of the command as it appears on a time-of-arrival   source, not as it appears in the RTP packet.   If the octpos parameter does not appear in the media description, the   timestamp MAY reflect the arrival period of any octet of the command;   senders use this option to signal a lack of knowledge about the   timing details of the buffering process at sub-command granularity.   We now show a session description example for the buffer algorithm.   Consider a sender that is transcoding a MIDI 1.0 DIN cable source   into RTP.  The sender runs on a computing platform that places source   data into a buffer upon receipt.  The sender polls the buffer 1000   times a second, extracts all complete commands from the buffer, and   places the commands in an RTP packet.  This session description   describes the transcoding:   v=0   o=lazzaro 2520644554 2838152170 IN IP6 first.example.net   s=Example   t=0 0   m=audio 5004 RTP/AVP 96   c=IN IP6 2001:DB80::7F2E:172A:1E24   a=rtpmap:96 rtp-midi/44100   a=sendonly   a=fmtp:96 tsmode=buffer; linerate=320000; octpos=last; mperiod=44   The mperiod value of 44 is derived by dividing the clock rate   specified by the rtpmap attribute (44100 Hz) by the 1000 Hz buffer   sampling rate and rounding to the nearest integer.  Command   timestamps might not increment by exact multiples of 44, as the   actual sampling period might not precisely match the nominal mperiod   value.C.4.  Configuration Tools: Packet Timing Tools   In this appendix, we describe session configuration tools for   customizing the temporal behavior of MIDI stream packets.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 118]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006C.4.1.  Packet Duration Tools   Senders control the granularity of a stream by setting the temporal   duration ("media time") of the packets in the stream.  Short media   times (20 ms or less) often imply an interactive session.  Longer   media times (100 ms or more) usually indicate a content streaming   session.  The RTP AVP profile [RFC3551] recommends audio packet media   times in a range from 0 to 200 ms.   By default, an RTP receiver dynamically senses the media time of   packets in a stream and chooses the length of its playout buffer to   match the stream.  A receiver typically sizes its playout buffer to   fit several audio packets and adjusts the buffer length to reflect   the network jitter and the sender timing fidelity.   Alternatively, the packet media time may be statically set during   session configuration.  Session descriptions MAY use the RTP MIDI   parameter "rtp_ptime" to set the recommended media time for a packet.   Session descriptions MAY also use the RTP MIDI parameter   "rtp_maxptime" to set the maximum media time for a packet permitted   in a stream.  Both parameters MAY be used together to configure a   stream.   The values assigned to the rtp_ptime and rtp_maxptime parameters have   the units of the RTP timestamp for the stream, as set by the rtpmap   attribute (seeSection 6.1).  Thus, if rtpmap sets the clock rate of   a stream to 44100 Hz, a maximum packet media time of 10 ms is coded   by setting rtp_maxptime=441.  As stated in theAppendix C preamble,   the senders and receivers of a stream MUST agree on common values for   rtp_ptime and rtp_maxptime if the parameters appear in the media   description for the stream.   0 ms is a reasonable media time value for MIDI packets and is often   used in low-latency interactive applications.  In a packet with a 0   ms media time, all commands execute at the instant they are coded by   the packet timestamp.  The session description below configures all   packets in the stream to have 0 ms media time:   v=0   o=lazzaro 2520644554 2838152170 IN IP4 first.example.net   s=Example   t=0 0   m=audio 5004 RTP/AVP 96   c=IN IP4 192.0.2.94   a=rtpmap:96 rtp-midi/44100   a=fmtp:96 rtp_ptime=0; rtp_maxptime=0Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 119]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   The session attributes ptime and maxptime [RFC4566] MUST NOT be used   to configure an RTP MIDI stream.  Sessions MUST use rtp_ptime in lieu   of ptime and MUST use rtp_maxptime in lieu of maxptime.  RTP MIDI   defines its own parameters for media time configuration because 0 ms   values for ptime and maxptime are forbidden by [RFC3264] but are   essential for certain applications of RTP MIDI.   See theAppendix C.7 examples for additional discussion about using   rtp_ptime and rtp_maxptime for session configuration.C.4.2.  The guardtime Parameter   RTP permits a sender to stop sending audio packets for an arbitrary   period of time during a session.  When sending resumes, the RTP   sequence number series continues unbroken, and the RTP timestamp   value reflects the media time silence gap.   This RTP feature has its roots in telephony, but it is also well   matched to interactive MIDI sessions, as players may fall silent for   several seconds during (or between) songs.   Certain MIDI applications benefit from a slight enhancement to this   RTP feature.  In interactive applications, receivers may use on-line   network models to guide heuristics for handling lost and late RTP   packets.  These models may work poorly if a sender ceases packet   transmission for long periods of time.   Session descriptions may use the parameter "guardtime" to set a   minimum sending rate for a media session.  The value assigned to   guardtime codes the maximum separation time between two sequential   packets, as expressed in RTP timestamp units.   Typical guardtime values are 500-2000 ms.  This value range is not a   normative bound, and parties SHOULD be prepared to process values   outside this range.   The congestion control requirements for sender implementations   (described inSection 8 and [RFC3550]) take precedence over the   guardtime parameter.  Thus, if the guardtime parameter requests a   minimum sending rate, but sending at this rate would violate the   congestion control requirements, senders MUST ignore the guardtime   parameter value.  In this case, senders SHOULD use the lowest minimum   sending rate that satisfies the congestion control requirements.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 120]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   Below, we show a session description that uses the guardtime   parameter.   v=0   o=lazzaro 2520644554 2838152170 IN IP6 first.example.net   s=Example   t=0 0   m=audio 5004 RTP/AVP 96   c=IN IP6 2001:DB80::7F2E:172A:1E24   a=rtpmap:96 rtp-midi/44100   a=fmtp:96 guardtime=44100; rtp_ptime=0; rtp_maxptime=0C.5.  Configuration Tools: Stream Description   As we discussed inSection 2.1, a party may send several RTP MIDI   streams in the same RTP session, and several RTP sessions that carry   MIDI may appear in a multimedia session.   By default, the MIDI name space (16 channels + systems) of each RTP   stream sent by a party in a multimedia session is independent.  By   independent, we mean three distinct things:     o  If a party sends two RTP MIDI streams (A and B), MIDI voice        channel 0 in stream A is a different "channel 0" than MIDI voice        channel 0 in stream B.     o  MIDI voice channel 0 in stream B is not considered to be        "channel 16" of a 32-channel MIDI voice channel space whose        "channel 0" is channel 0 of stream A.     o  Streams sent by different parties over different RTP sessions,        or over the same RTP session but with different payload type        numbers, do not share the association that is shared by a MIDI        cable pair that cross-connects two devices in a MIDI 1.0 DIN        network.  By default, this association is only held by streams        sent by different parties in the same RTP session that use the        same payload type number.   In this appendix, we show how to express that specific RTP MIDI   streams in a multimedia session are not independent but instead are   related in one of the three ways defined above.  We use two tools to   express these relations:     o  The musicport parameter.  This parameter is assigned a non-        negative integer value between 0 and 4294967295.  It appears in        the fmtp lines of payload types.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 121]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006     o  The FID grouping attribute [RFC3388] signals that several RTP        sessions in a multimedia session are using the musicport        parameter to express an inter-session relationship.   If a multimedia session has several payload types whose musicport   parameters are assigned the same integer value, streams using these   payload types share an "identity relationship" (including streams   that use the same payload type).  Streams in an identity relationship   share two properties:     o  Identity relationship streams sent by the same party target the        same MIDI name space.  Thus, if streams A and B share an        identity relationship, voice channel 0 in stream A is the same        "channel 0" as voice channel 0 in stream B.     o  Pairs of identity relationship streams that are sent by        different parties share the association that is shared by a MIDI        cable pair that cross-connects two devices in a MIDI 1.0 DIN        network.   A party MUST NOT send two RTP MIDI streams that share an identity   relationship in the same RTP session.  Instead, each stream MUST be   in a separate RTP session.  As explained inSection 2.1, this   restriction is necessary to support the RTP MIDI method for the   synchronization of streams that share a MIDI name space.   If a multimedia session has several payload types whose musicport   parameters are assigned sequential values (i.e., i, i+1, ... i+k),   the streams using the payload types share an "ordered relationship".   For example, if payload type A assigns 2 to musicport and payload   type B assigns 3 to musicport, A and B are in an ordered   relationship.   Streams in an ordered relationship that are sent by the same party   are considered by renderers to form a single larger MIDI space.  For   example, if stream A has a musicport value of 2 and stream B has a   musicport value of 3, MIDI voice channel 0 in stream B is considered   to be voice channel 16 in the larger MIDI space formed by the   relationship.  Note that it is possible for streams to participate in   both an identity relationship and an ordered relationship.   We now state several rules for using musicport:     o  If streams from several RTP sessions in a multimedia session use        the musicport parameter, the RTP sessions MUST be grouped using        the FID grouping attribute defined in [RFC3388].Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 122]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006     o  An ordered or identity relationship MUST NOT contain both native        RTP MIDI streams and mpeg4-generic RTP MIDI streams.  An        exception applies if a relationship consists of sendonly and        recvonly (but not sendrecv) streams.  In this case, the sendonly        streams MUST NOT contain both types of streams, and the recvonly        streams MUST NOT contain both types of streams.     o  It is possible to construct identity relationships that violate        the recovery journal mandate (for example, sending NoteOns for a        voice channel on stream A and NoteOffs for the same voice        channel on stream B).  Parties MUST NOT generate (or accept)        session descriptions that exhibit this flaw.     o  Other payload formats MAY define musicport media type        parameters.  Formats would define these parameters so that their        sessions could be bundled into RTP MIDI name spaces.  The        parameter definitions MUST be compatible with the musicport        semantics defined in this appendix.   As a rule, at most one payload type in a relationship may specify a   MIDI renderer.  An exception to the rule applies to relationships   that contain sendonly and recvonly streams but no sendrecv streams.   In this case, one sendonly session and one recvonly session may each   define a renderer.   Renderer specification in a relationship may be done using the tools   described inAppendix C.6.  These tools work for both native streams   and mpeg4-generic streams.  An mpeg4-generic stream that uses theAppendix C.6 tools MUST set all "config" parameters to the empty   string ("").   Alternatively, for mpeg4-generic streams, renderer specification may   be done by setting one "config" parameter in the relationship to the   renderer configuration string, and all other config parameters to the   empty string ("").   We now define sender and receiver rules that apply when a party sends   several streams that target the same MIDI name space.   Senders MAY use the subsetting parameters (Appendix C.1) to predefine   the partitioning of commands between streams, or they MAY use a   dynamic partitioning strategy.   Receivers that merge identity relationship streams into a single MIDI   command stream MUST maintain the structural integrity of the MIDI   commands coded in each stream during the merging process, in the same   way that software that merges traditional MIDI 1.0 DIN cable flows isLazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 123]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   responsible for creating a merged command flow compatible with   [MIDI].   Senders MUST partition the name space so that the rendered MIDI   performance does not contain indefinite artifacts (as defined inSection 4).  This responsibility holds even if all streams are sent   over reliable transport, as different stream latencies may yield   indefinite artifacts.  For example, stuck notes may occur in a   performance split over two TCP streams, if NoteOn commands are sent   on one stream and NoteOff commands are sent on the other.   Senders MUST NOT split a Registered Parameter Name (RPN) or Non-   Registered Parameter Name (NRPN) transaction appearing on a MIDI   channel across multiple identity relationship sessions.  Receivers   MUST assume that the RPN/NRPN transactions that appear on different   identity relationship sessions are independent and MUST preserve   transactional integrity during the MIDI merge.   A simple way to safely partition voice channel commands is to place   all MIDI commands for a particular voice channel into the same   session.  Safe partitioning of MIDI Systems commands may be more   complicated for sessions that extensively use System Exclusive.   We now show several session description examples that use the   musicport parameter.   Our first session description example shows two RTP MIDI streams that   drive the same General MIDI decoder.  The sender partitions MIDI   commands between the streams dynamically.  The musicport values   indicate that the streams share an identity relationship.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 124]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   v=0   o=lazzaro 2520644554 2838152170 IN IP4 first.example.net   s=Example   t=0 0   a=group:FID 1 2   c=IN IP4 192.0.2.94   m=audio 5004 RTP/AVP 96   a=rtpmap:96 mpeg4-generic/44100   a=mid:1   a=fmtp:96 streamtype=5; mode=rtp-midi; profile-level-id=12;   config=7A0A0000001A4D546864000000060000000100604D54726B0   000000600FF2F000; musicport=12   m=audio 5006 RTP/AVP 96   a=rtpmap:96 mpeg4-generic/44100   a=mid:2   a=fmtp:96 streamtype=5; mode=rtp-midi; config="";   profile-level-id=12; musicport=12   (The a=fmtp lines have been wrapped to fit the page to accommodate    memo formatting restrictions; they comprise single lines in SDP.)   Recall thatSection 2.1 defines rules for streams that target the   same MIDI name space.  Those rules, implemented in the example above,   require that each stream resides in a separate RTP session, and that   the grouping mechanisms defined in [RFC3388] signal an inter-session   relationship.  The "group" and "mid" attribute lines implement this   grouping mechanism.   A variant on this example, whose session description is not shown,   would use two streams in an identity relationship driving the same   MIDI renderer, each with a different transport type.  One stream   would use UDP and would be dedicated to real-time messages.  A second   stream would use TCP [RFC4571] and would be used for SysEx bulk data   messages.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 125]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   In the next example, two mpeg4-generic streams form an ordered   relationship to drive a Structured Audio decoder with 32 MIDI voice   channels.  Both streams reside in the same RTP session.   v=0   o=lazzaro 2520644554 2838152170 IN IP6 first.example.net   s=Example   t=0 0   m=audio 5006 RTP/AVP 96 97   c=IN IP6 2001:DB80::7F2E:172A:1E24   a=rtpmap:96 mpeg4-generic/44100   a=fmtp:96 streamtype=5; mode=rtp-midi; config="";   profile-level-id=13; musicport=5   a=rtpmap:97 mpeg4-generic/44100   a=fmtp:97 streamtype=5; mode=rtp-midi; config="";   profile-level-id=13; musicport=6; render=synthetic;   rinit="audio/asc";   url="http://example.com/cardinal.asc";   cid="azsldkaslkdjqpwojdkmsldkfpe"   (The a=fmtp lines have been wrapped to fit the page to accommodate    memo formatting restrictions; they comprise single lines in SDP.)   The sequential musicport values for the two sessions establish the   ordered relationship.  The musicport=5 session maps to Structured   Audio extended channels range 0-15, the musicport=6 session maps to   Structured Audio extended channels range 16-31.   Both config strings are empty.  The configuration data is specified   by parameters that appear in the fmtp line of the second media   description.  We define this configuration method inAppendix C.6.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 126]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   The next example shows two RTP MIDI streams (one recvonly, one   sendonly) that form a "virtual sendrecv" session.  Each stream   resides in a different RTP session (a requirement because sendonly   and recvonly are RTP session attributes).   v=0   o=lazzaro 2520644554 2838152170 IN IP4 first.example.net   s=Example   t=0 0   a=group:FID 1 2   c=IN IP4 192.0.2.94   m=audio 5004 RTP/AVP 96   a=sendonly   a=rtpmap:96 mpeg4-generic/44100   a=mid:1   a=fmtp:96 streamtype=5; mode=rtp-midi; profile-level-id=12;   config=7A0A0000001A4D546864000000060000000100604D54726B0   000000600FF2F000; musicport=12   m=audio 5006 RTP/AVP 96   a=recvonly   a=rtpmap:96 mpeg4-generic/44100   a=mid:2   a=fmtp:96 streamtype=5; mode=rtp-midi; profile-level-id=12;   config=7A0A0000001A4D546864000000060000000100604D54726B0   000000600FF2F000; musicport=12   (The a=fmtp lines have been wrapped to fit the page to accommodate    memo formatting restrictions; they comprise single lines in SDP.)   To signal the "virtual sendrecv" semantics, the two streams assign   musicport to the same value (12).  As defined earlier in this   section, pairs of identity relationship streams that are sent by   different parties share the association that is shared by a MIDI   cable pair that cross-connects two devices in a MIDI 1.0 network.  We   use the term "virtual sendrecv" because streams sent by different   parties in a true sendrecv session also have this property.   As discussed in the preamble toAppendix C, the primary advantage of   the virtual sendrecv configuration is that each party can customize   the property of the stream it receives.  In the example above, each   stream defines its own "config" string that could customize the   rendering algorithm for each party (in fact, the particular strings   shown in this example are identical, because General MIDI is not a   configurable MPEG 4 renderer).Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 127]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006C.6.  Configuration Tools: MIDI Rendering   This appendix defines the session configuration tools for rendering.   The "render" parameter specifies a rendering method for a stream.   The parameter is assigned a token value that signals the top-level   rendering class.  This memo defines four token values for render:   "unknown", "synthetic", "api", and "null":     o  An "unknown" renderer is a renderer whose nature is unspecified.        It is the default renderer for native RTP MIDI streams.     o  A "synthetic" renderer transforms the MIDI stream into audio        output (or sometimes into stage lighting changes or other        actions).  It is the default renderer for mpeg4-generic RTP MIDI        streams.     o  An "api" renderer presents the command stream to applications        via an Application Programmer Interface (API).     o  The "null" renderer discards the MIDI stream.   The "null" render value plays special roles during Offer/Answer   negotiations [RFC3264].  A party uses the "null" value in an answer   to reject an offered renderer.  Note that rejecting a renderer is   independent from rejecting a payload type (coded by removing the   payload type from a media line) and rejecting a media stream (coded   by zeroing the port of a media line that uses the renderer).   Other render token values MAY be registered with IANA.  The token   value MUST adhere to the ABNF for render tokens defined inAppendixD.  Registrations MUST include a complete specification of parameter   value usage, similar in depth to the specifications that appear   throughoutAppendix C.6 for "synthetic" and "api" render values.  If   a party is offered a session description that uses a render token   value that is not known to the party, the party MUST NOT accept the   renderer.  Options include rejecting the renderer (using the "null"   value), the payload type, the media stream, or the session   description.   Other parameters MAY follow a render parameter in a parameter list.   The additional parameters act to define the exact nature of the   renderer.  For example, the "subrender" parameter (defined inAppendix C.6.2) specifies the exact nature of the renderer.   Special rules apply to using the render parameter in an mpeg4-generic   stream.  We define these rules inAppendix C.6.5.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 128]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006C.6.1.  The multimode Parameter   A media description MAY contain several render parameters.  By   default, if a parameter list includes several render parameters, a   receiver MUST choose exactly one renderer from the list to render the   stream.  The "multimode" parameter may be used to override this   default.  We define two token values for multimode: "one" and "all":     o  The default "one" value requests rendering by exactly one of the        listed renderers.     o  The "all" value requests the synchronized rendering of the RTP        MIDI stream by all listed renderers, if possible.   If the multimode parameter appears in a parameter list, it MUST   appear before the first render parameter assignment.   Render parameters appear in the parameter list in order of decreasing   priority.  A receiver MAY use the priority ordering to decide which   renderer(s) to retain in a session.   If the "offer" in an Offer/Answer-style negotiation [RFC3264]   contains a parameter list with one or more render parameters, the   "answer" MUST set the render parameters of all unchosen renderers to   "null".C.6.2.  Renderer Specification   The render parameter (Appendix C.6 preamble) specifies, in a broad   sense, what a renderer does with a MIDI stream.  In this appendix, we   describe the "subrender" parameter.  The token value assigned to   subrender defines the exact nature of the renderer.  Thus, "render"   and "subrender" combine to define a renderer, in the same way as MIME   types and MIME subtypes combine to define a type of media [RFC2045].   If the subrender parameter is used for a renderer definition, it MUST   appear immediately after the render parameter in the parameter list.   At most one subrender parameter may appear in a renderer definition.   This document defines one value for subrender: the value "default".   The "default" token specifies the use of the default renderer for the   stream type (native or mpeg4-generic).  The default renderer for   native RTP MIDI streams is a renderer whose nature is unspecified   (see point 6 inSection 6.1 for details).  The default renderer for   mpeg4-generic RTP MIDI streams is an MPEG 4 Audio Object Type whose   ID number is 13, 14, or 15 (seeSection 6.2 for details).Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 129]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   If a renderer definition does not use the subrender parameter, the   value "default" is assumed for subrender.   Other subrender token values may be registered with IANA.  We now   discuss guidelines for registering subrender values.   A subrender value is registered for a specific stream type (native or   mpeg4-generic) and a specific render value (excluding "null" and   "unknown").  Registrations for mpeg4-generic subrender values are   restricted to new MPEG 4 Audio Object Types that accept MIDI input.   The syntax of the token MUST adhere to the token definition inAppendix D.   For "render=synthetic" renderers, a subrender value registration   specifies an exact method for transforming the MIDI stream into audio   (or sometimes into video or control actions, such as stage lighting).   For standardized renderers, this specification is usually a pointer   to a standards document, perhaps supplemented by RTP-MIDI-specific   information.  For commercial products and open-source projects, this   specification usually takes the form of instructions for interfacing   the RTP MIDI stream with the product or project software.  A   "render=synthetic" registration MAY specify additional Reset State   commands for the renderer (Appendix A.1).   A "render=api" subrender value registration specifies how an RTP MIDI   stream interfaces with an API (Application Programmers Interface).   This specification is usually a pointer to programmer's documentation   for the API, perhaps supplemented by RTP-MIDI-specific information.   A subrender registration MAY specify an initialization file (referred   to in this document as an initialization data object) for the stream.   The initialization data object MAY be encoded in the parameter list   (verbatim or by reference) using the coding tools defined inAppendixC.6.3.  An initialization data object MUST have a registered   [RFC4288] media type and subtype [RFC2045].   For "render=synthetic" renderers, the data object usually encodes   initialization data for the renderer (sample files, synthesis patch   parameters, reverberation room impulse responses, etc.).   For "render=api" renderers, the data object usually encodes data   about the stream used by the API (for example, for an RTP MIDI stream   generated by a piano keyboard controller, the manufacturer and model   number of the keyboard, for use in GUI presentation).Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 130]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   Usually, only one initialization object is encoded for a renderer.   If a renderer uses multiple data objects, the correct receiver   interpretation of multiple data objects MUST be defined in the   subrender registration.   A subrender value registration may also specify additional   parameters, to appear in the parameter list immediately after   subrender.  These parameter names MUST begin with the subrender   value, followed by an underscore ("_"), to avoid name space   collisions with future RTP MIDI parameter names (for example, a   parameter "foo_bar" defined for subrender value "foo").   We now specify guidelines for interpreting the subrender parameter   during session configuration.   If a party is offered a session description that uses a renderer   whose subrender value is not known to the party, the party MUST NOT   accept the renderer.  Options include rejecting the renderer (using   the "null" value), the payload type, the media stream, or the session   description.   Receivers MUST be aware of the Reset State commands (Appendix A.1)   for the renderer specified by the subrender parameter and MUST insure   that the renderer does not experience indefinite artifacts due to the   presence (or the loss) of a Reset State command.C.6.3.  Renderer Initialization   If the renderer for a stream uses an initialization data object, an   "rinit" parameter MUST appear in the parameter list immediately after   the "subrender" parameter.  If the renderer parameter list does not   include a subrender parameter (recall the semantics for "default" inAppendix C.6.2), the "rinit" parameter MUST appear immediately after   the "render" parameter.   The value assigned to the rinit parameter MUST be the media   type/subtype [RFC2045] for the initialization data object.  If an   initialization object type is registered with several media types,   including audio, the assignment to rinit MUST use the audio media   type.   RTP MIDI supports several parameters for encoding initialization data   objects for renderers in the parameter list: "inline", "url", and   "cid".   If the "inline", "url", and/or "cid" parameters are used by a   renderer, these parameters MUST immediately follow the "rinit"   parameter.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 131]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   If a "url" parameter appears for a renderer, an "inline" parameter   MUST NOT appear.  If an "inline" parameter appears for a renderer, a   "url" parameter MUST NOT appear.  However, neither "url" or "inline"   is required to appear.  If neither "url" or "inline" parameters   follow "rinit", the "cid" parameter MUST follow "rinit".   The "inline" parameter supports the inline encoding of the data   object.  The parameter is assigned a double-quoted Base64 [RFC2045]   encoding of the binary data object, with no line breaks.AppendixE.4 shows an example that constructs an inline parameter value.   The "url" parameter is assigned a double-quoted string representation   of a Uniform Resource Locator (URL) for the data object.  The string   MUST specify a HyperText Transport Protocol URL (HTTP, [RFC2616]).   HTTP MAY be used over TCP or MAY be used over a secure network   transport, such as the method described in [RFC2818].  The media   type/subtype for the data object SHOULD be specified in the   appropriate HTTP transport header.   The "cid" parameter supports data object caching.  The parameter is   assigned a double-quoted string value that encodes a globally unique   identifier for the data object.   A cid parameter MAY immediately follow an inline parameter, in which   case the cid identifier value MUST be associated with the inline data   object.   If a url parameter is present, and if the data object for the URL is   expected to be unchanged for the life of the URL, a cid parameter MAY   immediately follow the url parameter.  The cid identifier value MUST   be associated with the data object for the URL.  A cid parameter   assigned to the same identifier value SHOULD be specified following   the data object type/subtype in the appropriate HTTP transport   header.   If a url parameter is present, and if the data object for the URL is   expected to change during the life of the URL, a cid parameter MUST   NOT follow the url parameter.  A receiver interprets the presence of   a cid parameter as an indication that it is safe to use a cached copy   of the url data object; the absence of a cid parameter is an   indication that it is not safe to use a cached copy, as it may   change.   Finally, the cid parameter MAY be used without the inline and url   parameters.  In this case, the identifier references a local or   distributed catalog of data objects.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 132]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   In most cases, only one data object is coded in the parameter list   for each renderer.  For example, the default renderer for mpeg4-   generic streams uses a single data object (seeAppendix C.6.5 for   example usage).   However, a subrender registration MAY permit the use of multiple data   objects for a renderer.  If multiple data objects are encoded for a   renderer, each object encoding begins with an "rinit" parameter,   followed by "inline", "url", and/or "cid" parameters.   Initialization data objects MAY encapsulate a Standard MIDI File   (SMF).  By default, the SMFs that are encapsulated in a data object   MUST be ignored by an RTP MIDI receiver.  We define parameters to   override this default inAppendix C.6.4.   To end this section, we offer guidelines for registering media types   for initialization data objects.  These guidelines are in addition to   the information in [RFC4288] [RFC4289].   Some initialization data objects are also capable of encoding MIDI   note information and thus complete audio performances.  These objects   SHOULD be registered using the "audio" media type, so that the   objects may also be used for store-and-forward rendering, and   "application" media type, to support editing tools.  Initialization   objects without note storage, or initialization objects for non-audio   renderers, SHOULD be registered only for an "application" media type.C.6.4.  MIDI Channel Mapping   In this appendix, we specify how to map MIDI name spaces (16 voice   channels + systems) onto a renderer.   In the general case:     o  A session may define an ordered relationship (Appendix C.5) that        presents more than one MIDI name space to a renderer.     o  A renderer may accept an arbitrary number of MIDI name spaces,        or it may expect a specific number of MIDI name spaces.   A session description SHOULD provide a compatible MIDI name space to   each renderer in the session.  If a receiver detects that a session   description has too many or too few MIDI name spaces for a renderer,   MIDI data from extra stream name spaces MUST be discarded, and extra   renderer name spaces MUST NOT be driven with MIDI data (except as   described inAppendix C.6.4.1, below).Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 133]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   If a parameter list defines several renderers and assigns the "all"   token value to the multimode parameter, the same name space is   presented to each renderer.  However, the "chanmask" parameter may be   used to mask out selected voice channels to each renderer.  We define   "chanmask" and other MIDI management parameters in the sub-sections   below.C.6.4.1.  The smf_info Parameter   The smf_info parameter defines the use of the SMFs encapsulated in   renderer data objects (if any).  The smf_info parameter also defines   the use of SMFs coded in the smf_inline, smf_url, and smf_cid   parameters (defined inAppendix C.6.4.2).   The smf_info parameter describes the "render" parameter that most   recently precedes it in the parameter list.  The smf_info parameter   MUST NOT appear in parameter lists that do not use the "render"   parameter, and MUST NOT appear before the first use of "render" in   the parameter list.   We define three token values for smf_info: "ignore", "sdp_start", and   "identity":     o  The "ignore" value indicates that the SMFs MUST be discarded.        This behavior is the default SMF rendering behavior.     o  The "sdp_start" value codes that SMFs MUST be rendered, and that        the rendering MUST begin upon the acceptance of the session        description.  If a receiver is offered a session description        with a renderer that uses an smf_info parameter set to        sdp_start, and if the receiver does not support rendering SMFs,        the receiver MUST NOT accept the renderer associated with the        smf_info parameter.  Options include rejecting the renderer (by        setting the "render" parameter to "null"), the payload type, the        media stream, or the entire session description.     o  The "identity" value indicates that the SMFs code the identity        of the renderer.  The value is meant for use with the "unknown"        renderer (seeAppendix C.6 preamble).  The MIDI commands coded        in the SMF are informational in nature and MUST NOT be presented        to a renderer for audio presentation.  In typical use, the SMF        would use SysEx Identity Reply commands (F0 7E nn 06 02, as        defined in [MIDI]) to identify devices, and use device-specific        SysEx commands to describe current state of the devices (patch        memory contents, etc.).   Other smf_info token values MAY be registered with IANA.  The token   value MUST adhere to the ABNF for render tokens defined in AppendixLazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 134]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   D.  Registrations MUST include a complete specification of parameter   usage, similar in depth to the specifications that appear in this   appendix for "sdp_start" and "identity".   If a party is offered a session description that uses an smf_info   parameter value that is not known to the party, the party MUST NOT   accept the renderer associated with the smf_info parameter.  Options   include rejecting the renderer, the payload type, the media stream,   or the entire session description.   We now define the rendering semantics for the "sdp_start" token value   in detail.   The SMFs and RTP MIDI streams in a session description share the same   MIDI name space(s).  In the simple case of a single RTP MIDI stream   and a single SMF, the SMF MIDI commands and RTP MIDI commands are   merged into a single name space and presented to the renderer.  The   indefinite artifact responsibilities for merged MIDI streams defined   inAppendix C.5 also apply to merging RTP and SMF MIDI data.   If a payload type codes multiple SMFs, the SMF name spaces are   presented as an ordered entity to the renderer.  To determine the   ordering of SMFs for a renderer (which SMF is "first", which is   "second", etc.), use the following rules:     o  If the renderer uses a single data object, the order of        appearance of the SMFs in the object's internal structure        defines the order of the SMFs (the earliest SMF in the object is        "first", the next SMF in the object is "second", etc.).     o  If multiple data objects are encoded for a renderer, the        appearance of each data object in the parameter list sets the        relative order of the SMFs encoded in each data object (SMFs        encoded in parameters that appear earlier in the list are        ordered before SMFs encoded in parameters that appear later in        the list).     o  If SMFs are encoded in data objects parameters and in the        parameters defined in C.6.4.2, the relative order of the data        object parameters and C.6.4.2 parameters in the parameter list        sets the relative order of SMFs (SMFs encoded in parameters that        appear earlier in the list are ordered before SMFs in parameters        that appear later in the list).   Given this ordering of SMFs, we now define the mapping of SMFs to   renderer name spaces.  The SMF that appears first for a renderer maps   to the first renderer name space.  The SMF that appears second for a   renderer maps to the second renderer name space, etc.  If theLazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 135]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   associated RTP MIDI streams also form an ordered relationship, the   first SMF is merged with the first name space of the relationship,   the second SMF is merged to the second name space of the   relationship, etc.   Unless the streams and the SMFs both use MIDI Time Code, the time   offset between SMF and stream data is unspecified.  This restriction   limits the use of SMFs to applications where synchronization is not   critical, such as the transport of System Exclusive commands for   renderer initialization, or human-SMF interactivity.   Finally, we note that each SMF in the sdp_start discussion above   encodes exactly one MIDI name space (16 voice channels + systems).   Thus, the use of the Device Name SMF meta event to specify several   MIDI name spaces in an SMF is not supported for sdp_start.C.6.4.2.  The smf_inline, smf_url, and smf_cid Parameters   In some applications, the renderer data object may not encapsulate   SMFs, but an application may wish to use SMFs in the manner defined   inAppendix C.6.4.1.   The "smf_inline", "smf_url", and "smf_cid" parameters address this   situation.  These parameters use the syntax and semantics of the   inline, url, and cid parameters defined inAppendix C.6.3, except   that the encoded data object is an SMF.   The "smf_inline", "smf_url", and "smf_cid" parameters belong to the   "render" parameter that most recently precedes it in the session   description.  The "smf_inline", "smf_url", and "smf_cid" parameters   MUST NOT appear in parameter lists that do not use the "render"   parameter and MUST NOT appear before the first use of "render" in the   parameter list.  If several "smf_inline", "smf_url", or "smf_cid"   parameters appear for a renderer, the order of the parameters defines   the SMF name space ordering.C.6.4.3.  The chanmask Parameter   The chanmask parameter instructs the renderer to ignore all MIDI   voice commands for certain channel numbers.  The parameter value is a   concatenated string of "1" and "0" digits.  Each string position maps   to a MIDI voice channel number (system channels may not be masked).   A "1" instructs the renderer to process the voice channel; a "0"   instructs the renderer to ignore the voice channel.   The string length of the chanmask parameter value MUST be 16 (for a   single stream or an identity relationship) or a multiple of 16 (for   an ordered relationship).Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 136]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   The chanmask parameter describes the "render" parameter that most   recently precedes it in the session description; chanmask MUST NOT   appear in parameter lists that do not use the "render" parameter and   MUST NOT appear before the first use of "render" in the parameter   list.   The chanmask parameter describes the final MIDI name spaces presented   to the renderer.  The SMF and stream components of the MIDI name   spaces may not be independently masked.   If a receiver is offered a session description with a renderer that   uses the chanmask parameter, and if the receiver does not implement   the semantics of the chanmask parameter, the receiver MUST NOT accept   the renderer unless the chanmask parameter value contains only "1"s.C.6.5.  The audio/asc Media Type   In Appendix 11.3, we register the audio/asc media type.  The data   object for audio/asc is a binary encoding of the AudioSpecificConfig   data block used to initialize mpeg4-generic streams (Section 6.2 and   [MPEGAUDIO]).   An mpeg4-generic parameter list MAY use the render, subrender, and   rinit parameters with the audio/asc media type for renderer   configuration.  Several restrictions apply to the use of these   parameters in mpeg4-generic parameter lists:     o  An mpeg4-generic media description that uses the render        parameter MUST assign the empty string ("") to the mpeg4-generic        "config" parameter.  The use of the streamtype, mode, and        profile-level-id parameters MUST follow the normative text inSection 6.2.     o  Sessions that use identity or ordered relationships MUST follow        the mpeg4-generic configuration restrictions inAppendix C.5.     o  The render parameter MUST be assigned the value "synthetic",        "unknown", "null", or a render value that has been added to the        IANA repository for use with mpeg4-generic RTP MIDI streams.        The "api" token value for render MUST NOT be used.     o  If a subrender parameter is present, it MUST immediately follow        the render parameter, and it MUST be assigned the token value        "default" or assigned a subrender value added to the IANA        repository for use with mpeg4-generic RTP MIDI streams.  A        subrender parameter assignment may be left out of the renderer        configuration, in which case the implied value of subrender is        the default value of "default".Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 137]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006     o  If the render parameter is assigned the value "synthetic" and        the subrender parameter has the value "default" (assigned or        implied), the rinit parameter MUST be assigned the value        "audio/asc", and an AudioSpecificConfig data object MUST be        encoded using the mechanisms defined in C.6.2-3.  The        AudioSpecificConfig data MUST encode one of the MPEG 4 Audio        Object Types defined for use with mpeg4-generic inSection 6.2.        If the subrender value is other than "default", refer to the        subrender registration for information on the use of "audio/asc"        with the renderer.     o  If the render parameter is assigned the value "null" or        "unknown", the data object MAY be omitted.   Several general restrictions apply to the use of the audio/asc media   type in RTP MIDI:     o  A native stream MUST NOT assign "audio/asc" to rinit.  The        audio/asc media type is not intended to be a general-purpose        container for rendering systems outside of MPEG usage.     o  The audio/asc media type defines a stored object type; it does        not define semantics for RTP streams.  Thus, audio/asc MUST NOT        appear on an rtpmap line of a session description.   Below, we show session description examples for audio/asc.  The   session description below uses the inline parameter to code the   AudioSpecificConfig block for a mpeg4-generic General MIDI stream.   We derive the value assigned to the inline parameter inAppendix E.4.   The subrender token value of "default" is implied by the absence of   the subrender parameter in the parameter list.   v=0   o=lazzaro 2520644554 2838152170 IN IP4 first.example.net   s=Example   t=0 0   m=audio 5004 RTP/AVP 96   c=IN IP4 192.0.2.94   a=rtpmap:96 mpeg4-generic/44100   a=fmtp:96 streamtype=5; mode=rtp-midi; config="";   profile-level-id=12; render=synthetic; rinit="audio/asc";   inline="egoAAAAaTVRoZAAAAAYAAAABAGBNVHJrAAAABgD/LwAA"   (The a=fmtp line has been wrapped to fit the page to accommodate    memo formatting restrictions; it comprises a single line in SDP.)Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 138]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   The session description below uses the url parameter to code the   AudioSpecificConfig block for the same General MIDI stream:   v=0   o=lazzaro 2520644554 2838152170 IN IP4 first.example.net   s=Example   t=0 0   m=audio 5004 RTP/AVP 96   c=IN IP4 192.0.2.94   a=rtpmap:96 mpeg4-generic/44100   a=fmtp:96 streamtype=5; mode=rtp-midi; config="";   profile-level-id=12; render=synthetic; rinit="audio/asc";   url="http://example.net/oski.asc";   cid="xjflsoeiurvpa09itnvlduihgnvet98pa3w9utnuighbuk"   (The a=fmtp line has been wrapped to fit the page to accommodate    memo formatting restrictions; it comprises a single line in SDP.)C.7.  Interoperability   In this appendix, we define interoperability guidelines for two   application areas:     o  MIDI content-streaming applications.  RTP MIDI is added to        RTSP-based content-streaming servers, so that viewers may        experience MIDI performances (produced by a specified client-        side renderer) in synchronization with other streams (video,        audio).     o  Long-distance network musical performance applications.  RTP        MIDI is added to SIP-based voice chat or videoconferencing        programs, as an alternative, or as an addition, to audio and/or        video RTP streams.   For each application, we define a core set of functionality that all   implementations MUST implement.   The applications we address in this section are not an exhaustive   list of potential RTP MIDI uses.  We expect framework documents for   other applications to be developed, within the IETF or within other   organizations.  We discuss other potential application areas for RTP   MIDI inSection 1 of the main text of this memo.C.7.1.  MIDI Content Streaming Applications   In content-streaming applications, a user invokes an RTSP client to   initiate a request to an RTSP server to view a multimedia session.   For example, clicking on a web page link for an Internet RadioLazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 139]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   channel launches an RTSP client that uses the link's RTSP URL to   contact the RTSP server hosting the radio channel.   The content may be pre-recorded (for example, on-demand replay of   yesterday's football game) or "live" (for example, football game   coverage as it occurs), but in either case the user is usually an   "audience member" as opposed to a "participant" (as the user would be   in telephony).   Note that these examples describe the distribution of audio content   to an audience member.  The interoperability guidelines in this   appendix address RTP MIDI applications of this nature, not   applications such as the transmission of raw MIDI command streams for   use in a professional environment (recording studio, performance   stage, etc.).   In an RTSP session, a client accesses a session description that is   "declared" by the server, either via the RTSP DESCRIBE method, or via   other means, such as HTTP or email.  The session description defines   the session from the perspective of the client.  For example, if a   media line in the session description contains a non-zero port   number, it encodes the server's preference for the client's port   numbers for RTP and RTCP reception.  Once media flow begins, the   server sends an RTP MIDI stream to the client, which renders it for   presentation, perhaps in synchrony with video or other audio streams.   We now define the interoperability text for content-streaming RTSP   applications.   In most cases, server interoperability responsibilities are described   in terms of limits on the "reference" session description a server   provides for a performance if it has no information about the   capabilities of the client.  The reference session is a "lowest   common denominator" session that maximizes the odds that a client   will be able to view the session.  If a server is aware of the   capabilities of the client, the server is free to provide a session   description customized for the client in the DESCRIBE reply.   Clients MUST support unicast UDP RTP MIDI streams that use the   recovery journal with the closed-loop or the anchor sending policies.   Clients MUST be able to interpret stream subsetting and chapter   inclusion parameters in the session description that qualify the   sending policies.  Client support of enhanced Chapter C encoding is   OPTIONAL.   The reference session description offered by a server MUST send all   RTP MIDI UDP streams as unicast streams that use the recovery journal   and the closed-loop or anchor sending policies.  Servers SHOULD useLazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 140]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   the stream subsetting and chapter inclusion parameters in the   reference session description, to simplify the rendering task of the   client.  Server support of enhanced Chapter C encoding is OPTIONAL.   Clients and servers MUST support the use of RTSP interleaved mode (a   method for interleaving RTP onto the RTSP TCP transport).   Clients MUST be able to interpret the timestamp semantics signalled   by the "comex" value of the tsmode parameter (i.e., the timestamp   semantics of Standard MIDI Files [MIDI]).  Servers MUST use the   "comex" value for the "tsmode" parameter in the reference session   description.   Clients MUST be able to process an RTP MIDI stream whose packets   encode an arbitrary temporal duration ("media time").  Thus, in   practice, clients MUST implement a MIDI playout buffer.  Clients MUST   NOT depend on the presence of rtp_ptime, rtp_maxtime, and guardtime   parameters in the session description in order to process packets,   but they SHOULD be able to use these parameters to improve packet   processing.   Servers SHOULD strive to send RTP MIDI streams in the same way media   servers send conventional audio streams: a sequence of packets that   either all code the same temporal duration (non-normative example: 50   ms packets) or that code one of an integral number of temporal   durations (non-normative example: 50 ms, 100 ms, 250 ms, or 500 ms   packets).  Servers SHOULD encode information about the packetization   method in the rtp_ptime and rtp_maxtime parameters in the session   description.   Clients MUST be able to examine the render and subrender parameter,   to determine if a multimedia session uses a renderer it supports.   Clients MUST be able to interpret the default "one" value of the   "multimode" parameter, to identify supported renderers from a list of   renderer descriptions.  Clients MUST be able to interpret the   musicport parameter, to the degree that it is relevant to the   renderers it supports.  Clients MUST be able to interpret the   chanmask parameter.   Clients supporting renderers whose data object (as encoded by a   parameter value for "inline") could exceed 300 octets in size MUST   support the url and cid parameters and thus must implement the HTTP   protocol in addition to RTSP.   Servers MUST specify complete rendering systems for RTP MIDI streams.   Note that a minimal RTP MIDI native stream does not meet this   requirement (Section 6.1), as the rendering method for such streams   is "not specified".Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 141]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   At the time of this memo, the only way for servers to specify a   complete rendering system is to specify an mpeg4-generic RTP MIDI   stream in mode rtp-midi (Section 6.2 and C.6.5).  As a consequence,   the only rendering systems that may be presently used are General   MIDI [MIDI], DLS 2 [DLS2], or Structured Audio [MPEGSA].  Note that   the maximum inline value for General MIDI is well under 300 octets   (and thus clients need not support the "url" parameter), and that the   maximum inline values for DLS 2 and Structured Audio may be much   larger than 300 octets (and thus clients MUST support the url   parameter).   We anticipate that the owners of rendering systems (both standardized   and proprietary) will register subrender parameters for their   renderers.  Once registration occurs, native RTP MIDI sessions may   use render and subrender (Appendix C.6.2) to specify complete   rendering systems for RTSP content-streaming multimedia sessions.   Servers MUST NOT use the sdp_start value for the smf_info parameter   in the reference session description, as this use would require that   clients be able to parse and render Standard MIDI Files.   Clients MUST support mpeg4-generic mode rtp-midi General MIDI (GM)   sessions, at a polyphony limited by the hardware capabilities of the   client.  This requirement provides a "lowest common denominator"   rendering system for content providers to target.  Note that this   requirement does not force implementors of a non-GM renderer (such as   DLS 2 or Structured Audio) to add a second rendering engine.   Instead, a client may satisfy the requirement by including a set of   voice patches that implement the GM instrument set, and using this   emulation for mpeg4-generic GM sessions.   It is RECOMMENDED that servers use General MIDI as the renderer for   the reference session description, because clients are REQUIRED to   support it.  We do not require General MIDI as the reference   renderer, because for normative applications it is an inappropriate   choice.  Servers using General MIDI as a "lowest common denominator"   renderer SHOULD use Universal Real-Time SysEx MIP message [SPMIDI] to   communicate the priority of voices to polyphony-limited clients.C.7.2.  MIDI Network Musical Performance Applications   In Internet telephony and videoconferencing applications, parties   interact over an IP network as they would face-to-face.  Good user   experiences require low end-to-end audio latency and tight   audiovisual synchronization (for "lip-sync").  The Session Initiation   Protocol (SIP, [RFC3261]) is used for session management.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 142]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   In this appendix section, we define interoperability guidelines for   using RTP MIDI streams in interactive SIP applications.  Our primary   interest is supporting Network Musical Performances (NMP), where   musicians in different locations interact over the network as if they   were in the same room.  See [NMP] for background information on NMP,   and see [RFC4696] for a discussion of low-latency RTP MIDI   implementation techniques for NMP.   Note that the goal of NMP applications is telepresence: the parties   should hear audio that is close to what they would hear if they were   in the same room.  The interoperability guidelines in this appendix   address RTP MIDI applications of this nature, not applications such   as the transmission of raw MIDI command streams for use in a   professional environment (recording studio, performance stage, etc.).   We focus on session management for two-party unicast sessions that   specify a renderer for RTP MIDI streams.  Within this limited scope,   the guidelines defined here are sufficient to let applications   interoperate.  We define the REQUIRED capabilities of RTP MIDI   senders and receivers in NMP sessions and define how session   descriptions exchanged are used to set up network musical performance   sessions.   SIP lets parties negotiate details of the session, using the   Offer/Answer protocol [RFC3264].  However, RTP MIDI has so many   parameters that "blind" negotiations between two parties using   different applications might not yield a common session   configuration.   Thus, we now define a set of capabilities that NMP parties MUST   support.  Session description offers whose options lie outside the   envelope of REQUIRED party behavior risk negotiation failure.  We   also define session description idioms that the RTP MIDI part of an   offer MUST follow, in order to structure the offer for simpler   analysis.   We use the term "offerer" for the party making a SIP offer, and   "answerer" for the party answering the offer.  Finally, we note that   unless it is qualified by the adjective "sender" or "receiver", a   statement that a party MUST support X implies that it MUST support X   for both sending and receiving.   If an offerer wishes to define a "sendrecv" RTP MIDI stream, it may   use a true sendrecv session or the "virtual sendrecv" construction   described in the preamble toAppendix C and inAppendix C.5.  A true   sendrecv session indicates that the offerer wishes to participate in   a session where both parties use identically configured renderers.  A   virtual sendrecv session indicates that the offerer is willing toLazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 143]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   participate in a session where the two parties may be using different   renderer configurations.  Thus, parties MUST be prepared to see both   real and virtual sendrecv sessions in an offer.   Parties MUST support unicast UDP transport of RTP MIDI streams.   These streams MUST use the recovery journal with the closed-loop or   anchor sending policies.  These streams MUST use the stream   subsetting and chapter inclusion parameters to declare the types of   MIDI commands that will be sent on the stream (for sendonly streams)   or will be processed (for recvonly streams), including the size   limits on System Exclusive commands.  Support of enhanced Chapter C   encoding is OPTIONAL.   Note that both TCP and multicast UDP support are OPTIONAL.  We make   TCP OPTIONAL because we expect NMP renderers to rely on data objects   (signalled by "rinit" and associated parameters) for initialization   at the start of the session, and only to use System Exclusive   commands for interactive control during the session.  These   interactive commands are small enough to be protected via the   recovery journal mechanism of RTP MIDI UDP streams.   We now discuss timestamps, packet timing, and packet sending   algorithms.   Recall that the tsmode parameter controls the semantics of command   timestamps in the MIDI list of RTP packets.   Parties MUST support clock rates of 44.1 kHz, 48 kHz, 88.2 kHz, and   96 kHz.  Parties MUST support streams using the "comex", "async", and   "buffer" tsmode values.  Recvonly offers MUST offer the default   "comex".   Parties MUST support a wide range of packet temporal durations: from   rtp_ptime and rtp_maxptime values of 0, to rtp_ptime and rtp_maxptime   values that code 100 ms.  Thus, receivers MUST be able to implement a   playout buffer.   Offers and answers MUST present rtp_ptime, rtp_maxptime, and   guardtime values that support the latency that users would expect in   the application, subject to bandwidth constraints.  As senders MUST   abide by values set for these parameters in a session description, a   receiver SHOULD use these values to size its playout buffer to   produce the lowest reliable latency for a session.  Implementers   should refer to [RFC4696] for information on packet sending   algorithms for latency-sensitive applications.  Parties MUST be able   to implement the semantics of the guardtime parameter, for times from   5 ms to 5000 ms.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 144]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   We now discuss the use of the render parameter.   Sessions MUST specify complete rendering systems for all RTP MIDI   streams.  Note that a minimal RTP MIDI native stream does not meet   this requirement (Section 6.1), as the rendering method for such   streams is "not specified".   At the time this writing, the only way for parties to specify a   complete rendering system is to specify an mpeg4-generic RTP MIDI   stream in mode rtp-midi (Section 6.2 and C.6.5).  We anticipate that   the owners of rendering systems (both standardized and proprietary)   will register subrender values for their renderers.  Once IANA   registration occurs, native RTP MIDI sessions may use render and   subrender (Appendix C.6.2) to specify complete rendering systems for   SIP network musical performance multimedia sessions.   All parties MUST support General MIDI (GM) sessions, at a polyphony   limited by the hardware capabilities of the party.  This requirement   provides a "lowest common denominator" rendering system, without   which practical interoperability will be quite difficult.  When using   GM, parties SHOULD use Universal Real-Time SysEx MIP message [SPMIDI]   to communicate the priority of voices to polyphony-limited clients.   Note that this requirement does not force implementors of a non-GM   renderer (for mpeg4-generic sessions, DLS 2, or Structured Audio) to   add a second rendering engine.  Instead, a client may satisfy the   requirement by including a set of voice patches that implement the GM   instrument set, and using this emulation for mpeg4-generic GM   sessions.  We require GM support so that an offerer that wishes to   maximize interoperability may do so by offering GM if its preferred   renderer is not accepted by the answerer.   Offerers MUST NOT present several renderers as options in a session   description by listing several payload types on a media line, asSection 2.1 uses this construct to let a party send several RTP MIDI   streams in the same RTP session.   Instead, an offerer wishing to present rendering options SHOULD offer   a single payload type that offers several renderers.  In this   construct, the parameter list codes a list of render parameters (each   followed by its support parameters).  As discussed inAppendix C.6.1,   the order of renderers in the list declares the offerer's preference.   The "unknown" and "null" values MUST NOT appear in the offer.  The   answer MUST set all render values except the desired renderer to   "null".  Thus, "unknown" MUST NOT appear in the answer.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 145]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   We use SHOULD instead of MUST in the first sentence in the paragraph   above, because this technique does not work in all situations   (example:  an offerer wishes to offer both mpeg4-generic renderers   and native RTP MIDI renderers as options).  In this case, the offerer   MUST present a series of session descriptions, each offering a single   renderer, until the answerer accepts a session description.   Parties MUST support the musicport, chanmask, subrender, rinit, and   inline parameters.  Parties supporting renderers whose data object   (as encoded by a parameter value for "inline") could exceed 300   octets in size MUST support the url and cid parameters and thus must   implement HTTP protocol.  Note that in mpeg4-generic, General MIDI   data objects cannot exceed 300 octets, but DLS 2 and Structured Audio   data objects may.  Support for the other rendering parameters   (smf_cif, smf_info, smf_inline, smf_url) is OPTIONAL.   Thus far in this document, our discussion has assumed that the only   MIDI flows that drive a renderer are the network flows described in   the session description.  In NMP applications, this assumption would   require two rendering engines: one for local use by a party, a second   for the remote party.   In practice, applications may wish to have both parties share a   single rendering engine.  In this case, the session description MUST   use a virtual sendrecv session and MUST use the stream subsetting and   chapter inclusion parameters to allocate which MIDI channels are   intended for use by a party.  If two parties are sharing a MIDI   channels, the application MUST ensure that appropriate MIDI merging   occurs at the input to the renderer.   We now discuss the use of (non-MIDI) audio streams in the session.   Audio streams may be used for two purposes: as a "talkback" channel   for parties to converse, or as a way to conduct a performance that   includes MIDI and audio channels.  In the latter case, offers MUST   use sample rates and the packet temporal durations for the audio and   MIDI streams that support low-latency synchronized rendering.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 146]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   We now show an example of an offer/answer exchange in a network   musical performance application (next page).  Below, we show an offer   that complies with the interoperability text in this appendix   section.   v=0   o=first 2520644554 2838152170 IN IP4 first.example.net   s=Example   t=0 0   a=group:FID 1 2   c=IN IP4 192.0.2.94   m=audio 16112 RTP/AVP 96   a=recvonly   a=mid:1   a=rtpmap:96 mpeg4-generic/44100   a=fmtp:96 streamtype=5; mode=rtp-midi; config="";   profile-level-id=12; cm_unused=ABCFGHJKMNPQTVWXYZ; cm_used=2NPTW;   cm_used=2C0.1.7.10.11.64.121.123; cm_used=2M0.1.2   cm_used=X0-16; ch_never=ABCDEFGHJKMNPQTVWXYZ;   ch_default=2NPTW; ch_default=2C0.1.7.10.11.64.121.123;   ch_default=2M0.1.2; cm_default=X0-16;   rtp_ptime=0; rtp_maxptime=0; guardtime=44100;   musicport=1; render=synthetic; rinit="audio/asc";   inline="egoAAAAaTVRoZAAAAAYAAAABAGBNVHJrAAAABgD/LwAA"   m=audio 16114 RTP/AVP 96   a=sendonly   a=mid:2   a=rtpmap:96 mpeg4-generic/44100   a=fmtp:96 streamtype=5; mode=rtp-midi; config="";   profile-level-id=12; cm_unused=ABCFGHJKMNPQTVWXYZ; cm_used=1NPTW;   cm_used=1C0.1.7.10.11.64.121.123; cm_used=1M0.1.2   cm_used=X0-16; ch_never=ABCDEFGHJKMNPQTVWXYZ;   ch_default=1NPTW; ch_default=1C0.1.7.10.11.64.121.123;   ch_default=1M0.1.2; cm_default=X0-16;   rtp_ptime=0; rtp_maxptime=0; guardtime=44100;   musicport=1; render=synthetic; rinit="audio/asc";   inline="egoAAAAaTVRoZAAAAAYAAAABAGBNVHJrAAAABgD/LwAA"   (The a=fmtp lines have been wrapped to fit the page to accommodate    memo formatting restrictions; it comprises a single line in SDP.)   The owner line (o=) identifies the session owner as "first".   The session description defines two MIDI streams: a recvonly stream   on which "first" receives a performance, and a sendonly stream that   "first" uses to send a performance.  The recvonly port number encodes   the ports on which "first" wishes to receive RTP (16112) and RTCP   (16113) media at IP4 address 192.0.2.94.  The sendonly port numberLazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 147]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   encodes the port on which "first" wishes to receive RTCP for the   stream (16115).   The musicport parameters code that the two streams share and identity   relationship and thus form a virtual sendrecv stream.   Both streams are mpeg4-generic RTP MIDI streams that specify a   General MIDI renderer.  The stream subsetting parameters code that   the recvonly stream uses MIDI channel 1 exclusively for voice   commands, and that the sendonly stream uses MIDI channel 2   exclusively for voice commands.  This mapping permits the application   software to share a single renderer for local and remote performers.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 148]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   We now show the answer to the offer.   v=0   o=second 2520644554 2838152170 IN IP4 second.example.net   s=Example   t=0 0   a=group:FID 1 2   c=IN IP4 192.0.2.105   m=audio 5004 RTP/AVP 96   a=sendonly   a=mid:1   a=rtpmap:96 mpeg4-generic/44100   a=fmtp:96 streamtype=5; mode=rtp-midi; config="";   profile-level-id=12; cm_unused=ABCFGHJKMNPQTVWXYZ; cm_used=2NPTW;   cm_used=2C0.1.7.10.11.64.121.123; cm_used=2M0.1.2   cm_used=X0-16; ch_never=ABCDEFGHJKMNPQTVWXYZ;   ch_default=2NPTW; ch_default=2C0.1.7.10.11.64.121.123;   ch_default=2M0.1.2; cm_default=X0-16;   rtp_ptime=0; rtp_maxptime=882; guardtime=44100;   musicport=1; render=synthetic; rinit="audio/asc";   inline="egoAAAAaTVRoZAAAAAYAAAABAGBNVHJrAAAABgD/LwAA"   m=audio 5006 RTP/AVP 96   a=recvonly   a=mid:2   a=rtpmap:96 mpeg4-generic/44100   a=fmtp:96 streamtype=5; mode=rtp-midi; config="";   profile-level-id=12; cm_unused=ABCFGHJKMNPQTVWXYZ; cm_used=1NPTW;   cm_used=1C0.1.7.10.11.64.121.123; cm_used=1M0.1.2   cm_used=X0-16; ch_never=ABCDEFGHJKMNPQTVWXYZ;   ch_default=1NPTW; ch_default=1C0.1.7.10.11.64.121.123;   ch_default=1M0.1.2; cm_default=X0-16;   rtp_ptime=0; rtp_maxptime=0; guardtime=88200;   musicport=1; render=synthetic; rinit="audio/asc";   inline="egoAAAAaTVRoZAAAAAYAAAABAGBNVHJrAAAABgD/LwAA"   (The a=fmtp lines have been wrapped to fit the page to accommodate    memo formatting restrictions; they comprise single lines in SDP.)   The owner line (o=) identifies the session owner as "second".   The port numbers for both media streams are non-zero; thus, "second"   has accepted the session description.  The stream marked "sendonly"   in the offer is marked "recvonly" in the answer, and vice versa,   coding the different view of the session held by "session".  The IP4   number (192.0.2.105) and the RTP (5004 and 5006) and RTCP (5005 and   5007) have been changed by "second" to match its transport wishes.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 149]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   In addition, "second" has made several parameter changes:   rtp_maxptime for the sendonly stream has been changed to code 2 ms   (441 in clock units), and the guardtime for the recvonly stream has   been doubled.  As these parameter modifications request capabilities   that are REQUIRED to be implemented by interoperable parties,   "second" can make these changes with confidence that "first" can   abide by them.D.  Parameter Syntax Definitions   In this appendix, we define the syntax for the RTP MIDI media type   parameters in Augmented Backus-Naur Form (ABNF, [RFC4234]).  When   using these parameters with SDP, all parameters MUST appear on a   single fmtp attribute line of an RTP MIDI media description.  For   mpeg4-generic RTP MIDI streams, this line MUST also include any   mpeg4-generic parameters (usage described inSection 6.2).  An fmtp   attribute line may be defined (after [RFC3640]) as:   ;   ; SDP fmtp line definition   ;   fmtp = "a=fmtp:" token SP param-assign 0*(";" SP param-assign) CRLF   where <token> codes the RTP payload type.  Note that white space MUST   NOT appear between the "a=fmtp:" and the RTP payload type.   We now define the syntax of the parameters defined inAppendix C.   The definition takes the form of the incremental assembly of the   <param-assign> token.  See [RFC3640] for the syntax of the   mpeg4-generic parameters discussed inSection 6.2.   ;   ;   ; top-level definition for all parameters   ;   ;   ;   ; Parameters defined inAppendix C.1   param-assign =   ("cm_unused="  (([channel-list] command-type                                     [f-list]) / sysex-data))   param-assign =/  ("cm_used="    (([channel-list] command-type                                     [f-list]) / sysex-data))Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 150]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   ;   ; Parameters defined inAppendix C.2   param-assign =/  ("j_sec="      ("none" / "recj" / *ietf-extension))   param-assign =/  ("j_update="   ("anchor" / "closed-loop" /                                    "open-loop" / *ietf-extension))   param-assign =/  ("ch_default=" (([channel-list] chapter-list                                     [f-list]) / sysex-data))   param-assign =/  ("ch_never="   (([channel-list] chapter-list                                     [f-list]) / sysex-data))   param-assign =/  ("ch_anchor="  (([channel-list] chapter-list                                     [f-list]) / sysex-data))   ;   ; Parameters defined inAppendix C.3   param-assign =/  ("tsmode="     ("comex" / "async" / "buffer"))   param-assign =/  ("linerate="    nonzero-four-octet)   param-assign =/  ("octpos="      ("first" / "last"))   param-assign =/  ("mperiod="     nonzero-four-octet)   ;   ; Parameter defined inAppendix C.4   param-assign =/  ("guardtime="     nonzero-four-octet)   param-assign =/  ("rtp_ptime="     four-octet)   param-assign =/  ("rtp_maxptime="  four-octet)   ;   ; Parameters defined inAppendix C.5   param-assign =/  ("musicport="     four-octet)Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 151]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   ;   ; Parameters defined inAppendix C.6   param-assign =/  ("chanmask="     ( 1*( 16( "0" / "1" ) )))   param-assign =/  ("cid="          double-quote cid-block                                     double-quote)   param-assign =/  ("inline="       double-quote base-64-block                                     double-quote)   param-assign =/  ("multimode="    ("all" / "one"))   param-assign =/  ("render="       ("synthetic" / "api" / "null" /                                      "unknown" / *extension))   param-assign =/  ("rinit="        mime-type "/" mime-subtype)   param-assign =/  ("smf_cid="      double-quote cid-block                                     double-quote)   param-assign =/  ("smf_info="     ("ignore" / "identity" /                                     "sdp_start" / *extension))   param-assign =/  ("smf_inline="   double-quote base-64-block                                     double-quote)   param-assign =/  ("smf_url="      double-quote uri-element                                     double-quote)   param-assign =/  ("subrender="    ("default" / *extension))   param-assign =/  ("url="          double-quote uri-element                                     double-quote)   ;   ; list definitions for the cm_ command-type   ;   command-type    = command-part1 command-part2 command-part3   command-part1   = (*1"A") (*1"B") (*1"C") (*1"F") (*1"G") (*1"H")   command-part2   = (*1"J") (*1"K") (*1"M") (*1"N") (*1"P") (*1"Q")   command-part3   = (*1"T") (*1"V") (*1"W") (*1"X") (*1"Y") (*1"Z")Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 152]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   ;   ; list definitions for the ch_ chapter-list   ;   chapter-list  =  ch-part1 ch-part2 ch-part3   ch-part1  = (*1"A") (*1"B") (*1"C") (*1"D") (*1"E") (*1"F") (*1"G")   ch-part2  = (*1"H") (*1"J") (*1"K") (*1"M") (*1"N") (*1"P") (*1"Q")   ch-part3  = (*1"T") (*1"V") (*1"W") (*1"X") (*1"Y") (*1"Z")   ;   ; list definitions for the ch_ channel-list   ;   channel-list       = midi-chan-element *("." midi-chan-element)   midi-chan-element  = midi-chan / midi-chan-range   midi-chan-range    = midi-chan "-" midi-chan                      ; decimal value of left midi-chan                      ; MUST be strictly less than decimal                      ; value of right midi-chan   midi-chan          = %d0-15   ;   ; list definitions for the ch_ field list (f-list)   ;   f-list             = midi-field-element *("." midi-field-element)   midi-field-element = midi-field / midi-field-range   midi-field-range   = midi-field "-" midi-field                      ;                      ; decimal value of left midi-field                      ; MUST be strictly less than decimal                      ; value of right midi-field   midi-field         = four-octet                      ;                      ; large range accommodates Chapter M                      ; RPN (0-16383) and NRPN (16384-32767)                      ; parameters, and Chapter X octet sizes.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 153]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   ;   ; definitions for ch_ sysex-data   ;   sysex-data         = "__"  h-list *("_" h-list) "__"   h-list             = hex-field-element *("." hex-field-element)   hex-field-element  = hex-octet / hex-field-range   hex-field-range    = hex-octet "-" hex-octet                      ;                      ; hexadecimal value of left hex-octet                      ; MUST be strictly less than hexadecimal                      ; value of right hex-octet   hex-octet          = 2("0" / "1" / "2"/ "3" / "4" /                          "5" / "6" / "7" / "8" / "9" /                          "A" / "B" / "C" / "D" / "E" / "F")                      ;                      ; rewritten version of hex-octet in [RFC2045]                      ; (page 23).                      ; note that a-f are not permitted, only A-F.                      ; hex-octet values MUST NOT exceed 7F.   ;   ; definitions for rinit parameter   ;   mime-type          = "audio" / "application"   mime-subtype       = token                      ;                      ; SeeAppendix C.6.2 for registration                      ; requirements for rinit type/subtypes.   ;   ; definitions for base64 encoding   ; copied from [RFC4566]   base-64-block      = *base64-unit [base64-pad]   base64-unit        =  4base64-char   base64-pad         =  2base64-char "==" / 3base64-char "="   base64-char        =  %x41-5A / %x61-7A / %x30-39 / "+" / "/"                      ;  A-Z, a-z, 0-9, "+" and "/"Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 154]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   ;   ; generic rules   ;   ietf-extension     = token                      ;                      ; ietf-extension may only be defined in                      ; standards-track RFCs.   extension          = token                      ;                      ; extension may be defined by filing                      ; a registration with IANA.   four-octet         = %d0-4294967295                      ; unsigned encoding of 32-bits   nonzero-four-octet = %d1-4294967295                      ; unsigned encoding of 32-bits, ex-zero   uri-element        = URI-reference                      ; as defined in [RFC3986]   double-quote       = %x22                      ; the double-quote (") character   token              =  1*token-char                      ; copied from [RFC4566]   token-char         =  %x21 / %x23-27 / %x2A-2B / %x2D-2E /                         %x30-39 / %x41-5A / %x5E-7E                      ; copied from [RFC4566]   cid-block          = 1*cid-char   cid-char           =  token-char   cid-char           =/  "@"   cid-char           =/  ","   cid-char           =/  ";"   cid-char           =/  ":"   cid-char           =/  "\"   cid-char           =/  "/"   cid-char           =/  "["   cid-char           =/  "]"   cid-char           =/  "?"   cid-char           =/  "="Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 155]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006                      ;                      ; add back in the tspecials [RFC2045], except for                      ; double-quote and the non-email safe () <>                      ; note that "cid" defined above ensures that                      ; cid-block is enclosed with double-quotes   ; external references   ; URI-reference: from [RFC3986]   ;   ; End of ABNF   The mpeg4-generic RTP payload [RFC3640] defines a "mode" parameter   that signals the type of MPEG stream in use.  We add a new mode   value, "rtp-midi", using the ABNF rule below:   ;   ; mpeg4-generic mode parameter extension   ;   mode              =/ "rtp-midi"                     ; as described inSection 6.2 of this memoE.  A MIDI Overview for Networking Specialists   This appendix presents an overview of the MIDI standard, for the   benefit of networking specialists new to musical applications.   Implementors should consult [MIDI] for a normative description of   MIDI.   Musicians make music by performing a controlled sequence of physical   movements.  For example, a pianist plays by coordinating a series of   key presses, key releases, and pedal actions.  MIDI represents a   musical performance by encoding these physical gestures as a sequence   of MIDI commands.  This high-level musical representation is compact   but fragile: one lost command may be catastrophic to the performance.   MIDI commands have much in common with the machine instructions of a   microprocessor.  MIDI commands are defined as binary elements.   Bitfields within a MIDI command have a regular structure and a   specialized purpose.  For example, the upper nibble of the first   command octet (the opcode field) codes the command type.  MIDI   commands may consist of an arbitrary number of complete octets, but   most MIDI commands are 1, 2, or 3 octets in length.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 156]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006       ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~       |     Channel Voice Messages     |      Bitfield Pattern      |       ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~       | NoteOff (end a note)           | 1000cccc 0nnnnnnn 0vvvvvvv |       |-------------------------------------------------------------|       | NoteOn (start a note)          | 1001cccc 0nnnnnnn 0vvvvvvv |       |-------------------------------------------------------------|       | PTouch (Polyphonic Aftertouch) | 1010cccc 0nnnnnnn 0aaaaaaa |       |-------------------------------------------------------------|       | CControl (Controller Change)   | 1011cccc 0xxxxxxx 0yyyyyyy |       |-------------------------------------------------------------|       | PChange (Program Change)       | 1100cccc 0ppppppp          |       |-------------------------------------------------------------|       | CTouch (Channel Aftertouch)    | 1101cccc 0aaaaaaa          |       |-------------------------------------------------------------|       | PWheel (Pitch Wheel)           | 1110cccc 0xxxxxxx 0yyyyyyy |        -------------------------------------------------------------                 Figure E.1 -- MIDI Channel MessagesLazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 157]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006       ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~       |      System Common Messages    |     Bitfield Pattern       |       ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~       | System Exclusive               | 11110000, followed by a    |       |                                | list of 0xxxxxx octets,    |       |                                | followed by 11110111       |       |-------------------------------------------------------------|       | MIDI Time Code Quarter Frame   | 11110001 0xxxxxxx          |       |-------------------------------------------------------------|       | Song Position Pointer          | 11110010 0xxxxxxx 0yyyyyyy |       |-------------------------------------------------------------|       | Song Select                    | 11110011 0xxxxxxx          |       |-------------------------------------------------------------|       | Undefined                      | 11110100                   |       |-------------------------------------------------------------|       | Undefined                      | 11110101                   |       |-------------------------------------------------------------|       | Tune Request                   | 11110110                   |       |-------------------------------------------------------------|       | System Exclusive End Marker    | 11110111                   |        -------------------------------------------------------------       ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~       |    System Realtime Messages    |     Bitfield Pattern       |       ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~       | Clock                          | 11111000                   |       |-------------------------------------------------------------|       | Undefined                      | 11111001                   |       |-------------------------------------------------------------|       | Start                          | 11111010                   |       |-------------------------------------------------------------|       | Continue                       | 11111011                   |       |-------------------------------------------------------------|       | Stop                           | 11111100                   |       |-------------------------------------------------------------|       | Undefined                      | 11111101                   |       |-------------------------------------------------------------|       | Active Sense                   | 11111110                   |       |-------------------------------------------------------------|       | System Reset                   | 11111111                   |        -------------------------------------------------------------                      Figure E.2 -- MIDI System MessagesLazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 158]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   Figure E.1 and E.2 show the MIDI command family.  There are three   major classes of commands: voice commands (opcode field values in the   range 0x8 through 0xE), system common commands (opcode field 0xF,   commands 0xF0 through 0xF7), and system real-time commands (opcode   field 0xF, commands 0xF8 through 0xFF).  Voice commands code the   musical gestures for each timbre in a composition.  Systems commands   perform functions that usually affect all voice channels, such as   System Reset (0xFF).E.1.  Commands Types   Voice commands execute on one of 16 MIDI channels, as coded by its   4-bit channel field (field cccc in Figure E.1).  In most   applications, notes for different timbres are assigned to different   channels.  To support applications that require more than 16   channels, MIDI systems use several MIDI command streams in parallel,   to yield 32, 48, or 64 MIDI channels.   As an example of a voice command, consider a NoteOn command (opcode   0x9), with binary encoding 1001cccc 0nnnnnnn 0aaaaaaa.  This command   signals the start of a musical note on MIDI channel cccc.  The note   has a pitch coded by the note number nnnnnnn, and an onset amplitude   coded by note velocity aaaaaaa.   Other voice commands signal the end of notes (NoteOff, opcode 0x8),   map a specific timbre to a MIDI channel (PChange, opcode 0xC), or set   the value of parameters that modulate the timbral quality (all other   voice commands).  The exact meaning of most voice channel commands   depends on the rendering algorithms the MIDI receiver uses to   generate sound.  In most applications, a MIDI sender has a model (in   some sense) of the rendering method used by the receiver.   System commands perform a variety of global tasks in the stream,   including "sequencer" playback control of pre-recorded MIDI commands   (the Song Position Pointer, Song Select, Clock, Start, Continue, and   Stop messages), SMPTE time code (the MIDI Time Code Quarter Frame   command), and the communication of device-specific data (the System   Exclusive messages).E.2.  Running Status   All MIDI command bitfields share a special structure: the leading bit   of the first octet is set to 1, and the leading bit of all subsequent   octets is set to 0.  This structure supports a data compression   system, called running status [MIDI], that improves the coding   efficiency of MIDI.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 159]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   In running status coding, the first octet of a MIDI voice command may   be dropped if it is identical to the first octet of the previous MIDI   voice command.  This rule, in combination with a convention to   consider NoteOn commands with a null third octet as NoteOff commands,   supports the coding of note sequences using two octets per command.   Running status coding is only used for voice commands.  The presence   of a system common message in the stream cancels running status mode   for the next voice command.  However, system real-time messages do   not cancel running status mode.E.3.  Command Timing   The bitfield formats in Figures E.1 and E.2 do not encode the   execution time for a command.  Timing information is not a part of   the MIDI command syntax itself; different applications of the MIDI   command language use different methods to encode timing.   For example, the MIDI command set acts as the transport layer for   MIDI 1.0 DIN cables [MIDI].  MIDI cables are short asynchronous   serial lines that facilitate the remote operation of musical   instruments and audio equipment.  Timestamps are not sent over a MIDI   1.0 DIN cable.  Instead, the standard uses an implicit "time of   arrival" code.  Receivers execute MIDI commands at the moment of   arrival.   In contrast, Standard MIDI Files (SMFs, [MIDI]), a file format for   representing complete musical performances, add an explicit timestamp   to each MIDI command, using a delta encoding scheme that is optimized   for statistics of musical performance.  SMF timestamps usually code   timing using the metric notation of a musical score.  SMF meta-events   are used to add a tempo map to the file, so that score beats may be   accurately converted into units of seconds during rendering.E.4.  AudioSpecificConfig Templates for MMA Renderers   InSection 6.2 andAppendix C.6.5, we describe how session   descriptions include an AudioSpecificConfig data block to specify a   MIDI rendering algorithm for mpeg4-generic RTP MIDI streams.   The bitfield format of AudioSpecificConfig is defined in [MPEGAUDIO].   StructuredAudioSpecificConfig, a key data structure coded in   AudioSpecificConfig, is defined in [MPEGSA].   For implementors wishing to specify Structured Audio renderers, a   full understanding of [MPEGSA] and [MPEGAUDIO] is essential.   However, many implementors will limit their rendering options to the   two MIDI Manufacturers Association renderers that may be specified inLazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 160]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   AudioSpecificConfig: General MIDI (GM, [MIDI]) and Downloadable   Sounds 2 (DLS 2, [DLS2]).   To aid these implementors, we reproduce the AudioSpecificConfig   bitfield formats for a GM renderer and a DLS 2 renderer below.  We   have checked these bitfields carefully and believe they are correct.   However, we stress that the material below is informative, and that   [MPEGAUDIO] and [MPEGSA] are the normative definitions for   AudioSpecificConfig.   As described inSection 6.2, a minimal mpeg4-generic session   description encodes the AudioSpecificConfig binary bitfield as a   hexadecimal string (whose format is defined in [RFC3640]) that is   assigned to the "config" parameter.  As described inAppendix C.6.3,   a session description that uses the render parameter encodes the   AudioSpecificConfig binary bitfield as a Base64-encoded string   assigned to the "inline" parameter, or in the body of an HTTP URL   assigned to the "url" parameter.   Below, we show a simplified binary AudioSpecificConfig bitfield   format, suitable for sending and receiving GM and DLS 2 data:       0                   1                   2                   3       0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      | AOTYPE  |FREQIDX|CHANNEL|SACNK|  FILE_BLK 1 (required) ...    |      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |1|SACNK|              FILE_BLK 2 (optional) ...                |      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |  ...  |1|SACNK| FILE_BLK N (optional) ...                     |      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |0|0|        (first "0" bit terminates FILE_BLK list)      +-+-+                  Figure E.3 -- Simplified AudioSpecificConfig   The 5-bit AOTYPE field specifies the Audio Object Type as an unsigned   integer.  The legal values for use with mpeg4-generic RTP MIDI   streams are "15" (General MIDI), "14" (DLS 2), and "13" (Structured   Audio).  Thus, receivers that do not support all three mpeg4-generic   renderers may parse the first 5 bits of an AudioSpecificConfig coded   in a session description and reject sessions that specify unsupported   renderers.   The 4-bit FREQIDX field specifies the sampling rate of the renderer.   We show the mapping of FREQIDX values to sampling rates in Figure   E.4.  Senders MUST specify a sampling frequency that matches the RTP   clock rate, if possible; if not, senders MUST specify the escapeLazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 161]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   value.  Receivers MUST consult the RTP clock parameter for the true   sampling rate if the escape value is specified.                       FREQIDX    Sampling Frequency                         0x0            96000                         0x1            88200                         0x2            64000                         0x3            48000                         0x4            44100                         0x5            32000                         0x6            24000                         0x7            22050                         0x8            16000                         0x9            12000                         0xa            11025                         0xb             8000                         0xc          reserved                         0xd          reserved                         0xe          reserved                         0xf         escape value                     Figure E.4 -- FreqIdx encoding   The 4-bit CHANNEL field specifies the number of audio channels for   the renderer.  The values 0x1 to 0x5 specify 1 to 5 audio channels;   the value 0x6 specifies 5+1 surround sound, and the value 0x7   specifies 7+1 surround sound.  If the rtpmap line in the session   description specifies one of these formats, CHANNEL MUST be set to   the corresponding value.  Otherwise, CHANNEL MUST be set to 0x0.   The CHANNEL field is followed by a list of one or more binary file   data blocks.  The 3-bit SACNK field (the chunk_type field in class   StructuredAudioSpecificConfig, defined in [MPEGSA]) specifies the   type of each data block.   For General MIDI, only Standard MIDI Files may appear in the list   (SACNK field value 2).  For DLS 2, only Standard MIDI Files and DLS 2   RIFF files (SACNK field value 4) may appear.  For both of these file   types, the FILE_BLK field has the format shown in Figure E.5: a 32-   bit unsigned integer value (FILE_LEN) coding the number of bytes in   the SMF or RIFF file, followed by FILE_LEN bytes coding the file   data.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 162]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006       0                   1                   2                   3       0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |     FILE_LEN (32-bit, a byte count SMF file or RIFF file)     |      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |  FILE_DATA (file contents, a list of FILE_LEN bytes) ...      |      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                  Figure E.5 -- The FILE_BLK field format   Note that several files may follow CHANNEL field.  The "1" constant   fields in Figure E.3 code the presence of another file; the "0"   constant field codes the end of the list.  The final "0" bit in   Figure E.3 codes the absence of special coding tools (see [MPEGAUDIO]   for details).  Senders not using these tools MUST append this "0"   bit; receivers that do not understand these coding tools MUST ignore   all data following a "1" in this position.   The StructuredAudioSpecificConfig bitfield structure requires the   presence of one FILE_BLK.  For mpeg4-generic RTP MIDI use of DLS 2,   FILE_BLKs MUST code RIFF files or SMF files.  For mpeg4-generic RTP   MIDI use of General MIDI, FILE_BLKs MUST code SMF files.  By default,   this SMF will be ignored (Appendix C.6.4.1).  In this default case, a   GM StructuredAudioSpecificConfig bitfield SHOULD code a FILE_BLK   whose FILE_LEN is 0, and whose FILE_DATA is empty.   To complete this appendix, we derive the   StructuredAudioSpecificConfig that we use in the General MIDI session   examples in this memo.  Referring to Figure E.3, we note that for GM,   AOTYPE = 15.  Our examples use a 44,100 Hz sample rate (FREQIDX = 4)   and are in mono (CHANNEL = 1).  For GM, a single SMF is encoded   (SACNK = 2), using the SMF shown in Figure E.6 (a 26 byte file).               --------------------------------------------              |  MIDI File = <Header Chunk> <Track Chunk>  |               --------------------------------------------   <Header Chunk> = <chunk type> <length>     <format> <ntrks> <divsn>                    4D 54 68 64  00 00 00 06  00 00    00 01   00 60   <Track Chunk> = <chunk type>  <length>     <delta-time> <end-event>                   4D 54 72 6B   00 00 00 04  00           FF 2F 00            Figure E.6 -- SMF file encoded in the exampleLazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 163]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   Placing these constants in binary format into the data structure   shown in Figure E.3 yields the constant shown in Figure E.7.       0                   1                   2                   3       0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |0 1 1 1 1|0 1 0 0|0 0 0 1|0 1 0|0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0|      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0|0 1 0 0|1 1 0 1|0 1 0 1|0 1 0 0|      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |0 1 1 0|1 0 0 0|0 1 1 0|0 1 0 0|0 0 0 0|0 0 0 0|0 0 0 0|0 0 0 0|      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |0 0 0 0|0 0 0 0|0 0 0 0|0 1 1 0|0 0 0 0|0 0 0 0|0 0 0 0|0 0 0 0|      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |0 0 0 0|0 0 0 0|0 0 0 0|0 0 0 1|0 0 0 0|0 0 0 0|0 1 1 0|0 0 0 0|      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |0 1 0 0|1 1 0 1|0 1 0 1|0 1 0 0|0 1 1 1|0 0 1 0|0 1 1 0|1 0 1 1|      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |0 0 0 0|0 0 0 0|0 0 0 0|0 0 0 0|0 0 0 0|0 0 0 0|0 0 0 0|0 1 1 0|      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |0 0 0 0|0 0 0 0|1 1 1 1|1 1 1 1|0 0 1 0|1 1 1 1|0 0 0 0|0 0 0 0|      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+      |0|0|      +-+-+            Figure E.7 -- AudioSpecificConfig used in GM examples   Expressing this bitfield as an ASCII hexadecimal string yields:      7A0A0000001A4D546864000000060000000100604D54726B0000000600FF2F000   This string is assigned to the "config" parameter in the minimal   mpeg4-generic General MIDI examples in this memo (such as the example   inSection 6.2).  Expressing this string in Base64 [RFC2045] yields:      egoAAAAaTVRoZAAAAAYAAAABAGBNVHJrAAAABgD/LwAA   This string is assigned to the "inline" parameter in the General MIDI   example shown inAppendix C.6.5.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 164]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006ReferencesNormative References   [MIDI]      MIDI Manufacturers Association.  "The Complete MIDI 1.0               Detailed Specification", 1996.   [RFC3550]   Schulzrinne, H., Casner, S., Frederick, R., and V.               Jacobson, "RTP: A Transport Protocol for Real-Time               Applications", STD 64,RFC 3550, July 2003.   [RFC3551]   Schulzrinne, H. and S. Casner, "RTP Profile for Audio and               Video Conferences with Minimal Control", STD 65,RFC3551, July 2003.   [RFC3640]   van der Meer, J., Mackie, D., Swaminathan, V., Singer,               D., and P. Gentric, "RTP Payload Format for Transport of               MPEG-4 Elementary Streams",RFC 3640, November 2003.   [MPEGSA]    International Standards Organization.  "ISO/IEC 14496               MPEG-4", Part 3 (Audio), Subpart 5 (Structured Audio),               2001.   [RFC4566]   Handley, M., Jacobson, V., and C. Perkins, "SDP: Session               Description Protocol",RFC 4566, July 2006.   [MPEGAUDIO] International Standards Organization.  "ISO 14496 MPEG-               4", Part 3 (Audio), 2001.   [RFC2045]   Freed, N. and N. Borenstein, "Multipurpose Internet Mail               Extensions (MIME) Part One: Format of Internet Message               Bodies",RFC 2045, November 1996.   [DLS2]      MIDI Manufacturers Association.  "The MIDI Downloadable               Sounds Specification", v98.2, 1998.   [RFC4234]   Crocker, D. and P. Overell, "Augmented BNF for Syntax               Specifications: ABNF",RFC 4234, October 2005.   [RFC2119]   Bradner, S., "Key words for use in RFCs to Indicate               Requirement Levels",BCP 14,RFC 2119, March 1997.   [RFC3711]   Baugher, M., McGrew, D., Naslund, M., Carrara, E., and K.               Norrman, "The Secure Real-time Transport Protocol               (SRTP)",RFC 3711, March 2004.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 165]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   [RFC3264]   Rosenberg, J. and H. Schulzrinne, "An Offer/Answer Model               with Session Description Protocol (SDP)",RFC 3264, June               2002.   [RFC3986]   Berners-Lee, T., Fielding, R., and L. Masinter, "Uniform               Resource Identifier (URI): Generic Syntax", STD 66,RFC3986, January 2005.   [RFC2616]   Fielding, R., Gettys, J., Mogul, J., Frystyk, H.,               Masinter, L., Leach, P., and T. Berners-Lee, "Hypertext               Transfer Protocol -- HTTP/1.1",RFC 2616, June 1999.   [RFC3388]   Camarillo, G., Eriksson, G., Holler, J., and H.               Schulzrinne, "Grouping of Media Lines in the Session               Description Protocol (SDP)",RFC 3388, December 2002.   [RP015]     MIDI Manufacturers Association.  "Recommended Practice               015 (RP-015): Response to Reset All Controllers", 11/98.   [RFC4288]   Freed, N. and J. Klensin, "Media Type Specifications and               Registration Procedures",BCP 13,RFC 4288, December               2005.   [RFC3555]   Casner, S. and P. Hoschka, "MIME Type Registration of RTP               Payload Formats",RFC 3555, July 2003.Informative References   [NMP]       Lazzaro, J. and J. Wawrzynek.  "A Case for Network               Musical Performance", 11th International Workshop on               Network and Operating Systems Support for Digital Audio               and Video (NOSSDAV 2001) June 25-26, 2001, Port               Jefferson, New York.   [GRAME]     Fober, D., Orlarey, Y. and S. Letz.  "Real Time Musical               Events Streaming over Internet", Proceedings of the               International Conference on WEB Delivering of Music 2001,               pages 147-154.   [RFC3261]   Rosenberg, J., Schulzrinne, H., Camarillo, G., Johnston,               A., Peterson, J., Sparks, R., Handley, M., and E.               Schooler, "SIP: Session Initiation Protocol",RFC 3261,               June 2002.   [RFC2326]   Schulzrinne, H., Rao, A., and R. Lanphier, "Real Time               Streaming Protocol (RTSP)",RFC 2326, April 1998.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 166]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006   [ALF]       Clark, D. D. and D. L. Tennenhouse. "Architectural               considerations for a new generation of protocols",               SIGCOMM Symposium on Communications Architectures and               Protocols , (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania), pp. 200--208,               IEEE, Sept. 1990.   [RFC4696]   Lazzaro, J. and J. Wawrzynek, "An Implementation Guide               for RTP MIDI",RFC 4696, November 2006.   [RFC2205]   Braden, R., Zhang, L., Berson, S., Herzog, S., and S.               Jamin, "Resource ReSerVation Protocol (RSVP) -- Version 1               Functional Specification",RFC 2205, September 1997.   [RFC4288]   Freed, N. and J. Klensin, "Media Type Specifications and               Registration Procedures",BCP 13,RFC 4288, December               2005.   [RFC4289]   Freed, N. and J. Klensin, "Multipurpose Internet Mail               Extensions (MIME) Part Four: Registration Procedures",BCP 13,RFC 4289, December 2005.   [RFC4571]   Lazzaro, J. "Framing Real-time Transport Protocol (RTP)               and RTP Control Protocol (RTCP) Packets over Connection-               Oriented Transport",RFC 4571, July 2006.   [RFC2818]   Rescorla, E., "HTTP Over TLS",RFC 2818, May 2000.   [SPMIDI]    MIDI Manufacturers Association.  "Scalable Polyphony               MIDI, Specification and Device Profiles", Document               Version 1.0a, 2002.   [LCP]       Apple Computer. "Logic 7 Dedicated Control Surface               Support",Appendix B.  Product manual available from               www.apple.com.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 167]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006Authors' Addresses   John Lazzaro (corresponding author)   UC Berkeley   CS Division   315 Soda Hall   Berkeley CA 94720-1776   EMail: lazzaro@cs.berkeley.edu   John Wawrzynek   UC Berkeley   CS Division   631 Soda Hall   Berkeley CA 94720-1776   EMail: johnw@cs.berkeley.eduLazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 168]

RFC 4695              RTP Payload Format for MIDI          November 2006Full Copyright Statement   Copyright (C) The IETF Trust (2006).   This document is subject to the rights, licenses and restrictions   contained inBCP 78, and except as set forth therein, the authors   retain all their rights.   This document and the information contained herein are provided on an   "AS IS" basis and THE CONTRIBUTOR, THE ORGANIZATION HE/SHE REPRESENTS   OR IS SPONSORED BY (IF ANY), THE INTERNET SOCIETY, THE IETF TRUST,   AND THE INTERNET ENGINEERING TASK FORCE DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES,   EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTY THAT   THE USE OF THE INFORMATION HEREIN WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY RIGHTS OR ANY   IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR   PURPOSE.Intellectual Property   The IETF takes no position regarding the validity or scope of any   Intellectual Property Rights or other rights that might be claimed to   pertain to the implementation or use of the technology described in   this document or the extent to which any license under such rights   might or might not be available; nor does it represent that it has   made any independent effort to identify any such rights.  Information   on the procedures with respect to rights in RFC documents can be   found inBCP 78 andBCP 79.   Copies of IPR disclosures made to the IETF Secretariat and any   assurances of licenses to be made available, or the result of an   attempt made to obtain a general license or permission for the use of   such proprietary rights by implementers or users of this   specification can be obtained from the IETF on-line IPR repository athttp://www.ietf.org/ipr.   The IETF invites any interested party to bring to its attention any   copyrights, patents or patent applications, or other proprietary   rights that may cover technology that may be required to implement   this standard.  Please address the information to the IETF at   ietf-ipr@ietf.org.Acknowledgement   Funding for the RFC Editor function is currently provided by the   Internet Society.Lazzaro & Wawrzynek         Standards Track                   [Page 169]

[8]ページ先頭

©2009-2025 Movatter.jp